| 1 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
/* BFD back-end for HP PA-RISC ELF files.
|
| 2 |
|
|
Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001,
|
| 3 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009
|
| 4 |
|
|
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
| 5 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
|
| 6 |
|
|
Original code by
|
| 7 |
|
|
Center for Software Science
|
| 8 |
|
|
Department of Computer Science
|
| 9 |
|
|
University of Utah
|
| 10 |
|
|
Largely rewritten by Alan Modra <alan@linuxcare.com.au>
|
| 11 |
|
|
Naming cleanup by Carlos O'Donell <carlos@systemhalted.org>
|
| 12 |
|
|
TLS support written by Randolph Chung <tausq@debian.org>
|
| 13 |
|
|
|
| 14 |
|
|
This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
|
| 15 |
|
|
|
| 16 |
|
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
| 17 |
|
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
| 18 |
|
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
| 19 |
|
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
| 20 |
|
|
|
| 21 |
|
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
| 22 |
|
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
| 23 |
|
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
| 24 |
|
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
| 25 |
|
|
|
| 26 |
|
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
| 27 |
|
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
| 28 |
|
|
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
|
| 29 |
|
|
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
| 30 |
|
|
|
| 31 |
|
|
#include "sysdep.h"
|
| 32 |
|
|
#include "bfd.h"
|
| 33 |
|
|
#include "libbfd.h"
|
| 34 |
|
|
#include "elf-bfd.h"
|
| 35 |
|
|
#include "elf/hppa.h"
|
| 36 |
|
|
#include "libhppa.h"
|
| 37 |
|
|
#include "elf32-hppa.h"
|
| 38 |
|
|
#define ARCH_SIZE 32
|
| 39 |
|
|
#include "elf32-hppa.h"
|
| 40 |
|
|
#include "elf-hppa.h"
|
| 41 |
|
|
|
| 42 |
|
|
/* In order to gain some understanding of code in this file without
|
| 43 |
|
|
knowing all the intricate details of the linker, note the
|
| 44 |
|
|
following:
|
| 45 |
|
|
|
| 46 |
|
|
Functions named elf32_hppa_* are called by external routines, other
|
| 47 |
|
|
functions are only called locally. elf32_hppa_* functions appear
|
| 48 |
|
|
in this file more or less in the order in which they are called
|
| 49 |
|
|
from external routines. eg. elf32_hppa_check_relocs is called
|
| 50 |
|
|
early in the link process, elf32_hppa_finish_dynamic_sections is
|
| 51 |
|
|
one of the last functions. */
|
| 52 |
|
|
|
| 53 |
|
|
/* We use two hash tables to hold information for linking PA ELF objects.
|
| 54 |
|
|
|
| 55 |
|
|
The first is the elf32_hppa_link_hash_table which is derived
|
| 56 |
|
|
from the standard ELF linker hash table. We use this as a place to
|
| 57 |
|
|
attach other hash tables and static information.
|
| 58 |
|
|
|
| 59 |
|
|
The second is the stub hash table which is derived from the
|
| 60 |
|
|
base BFD hash table. The stub hash table holds the information
|
| 61 |
|
|
necessary to build the linker stubs during a link.
|
| 62 |
|
|
|
| 63 |
|
|
There are a number of different stubs generated by the linker.
|
| 64 |
|
|
|
| 65 |
|
|
Long branch stub:
|
| 66 |
|
|
: ldil LR'X,%r1
|
| 67 |
|
|
: be,n RR'X(%sr4,%r1)
|
| 68 |
|
|
|
| 69 |
|
|
PIC long branch stub:
|
| 70 |
|
|
: b,l .+8,%r1
|
| 71 |
|
|
: addil LR'X - ($PIC_pcrel$0 - 4),%r1
|
| 72 |
|
|
: be,n RR'X - ($PIC_pcrel$0 - 8)(%sr4,%r1)
|
| 73 |
|
|
|
| 74 |
|
|
Import stub to call shared library routine from normal object file
|
| 75 |
|
|
(single sub-space version)
|
| 76 |
|
|
: addil LR'lt_ptr+ltoff,%dp ; get procedure entry point
|
| 77 |
|
|
: ldw RR'lt_ptr+ltoff(%r1),%r21
|
| 78 |
|
|
: bv %r0(%r21)
|
| 79 |
|
|
: ldw RR'lt_ptr+ltoff+4(%r1),%r19 ; get new dlt value.
|
| 80 |
|
|
|
| 81 |
|
|
Import stub to call shared library routine from shared library
|
| 82 |
|
|
(single sub-space version)
|
| 83 |
|
|
: addil LR'ltoff,%r19 ; get procedure entry point
|
| 84 |
|
|
: ldw RR'ltoff(%r1),%r21
|
| 85 |
|
|
: bv %r0(%r21)
|
| 86 |
|
|
: ldw RR'ltoff+4(%r1),%r19 ; get new dlt value.
|
| 87 |
|
|
|
| 88 |
|
|
Import stub to call shared library routine from normal object file
|
| 89 |
|
|
(multiple sub-space support)
|
| 90 |
|
|
: addil LR'lt_ptr+ltoff,%dp ; get procedure entry point
|
| 91 |
|
|
: ldw RR'lt_ptr+ltoff(%r1),%r21
|
| 92 |
|
|
: ldw RR'lt_ptr+ltoff+4(%r1),%r19 ; get new dlt value.
|
| 93 |
|
|
: ldsid (%r21),%r1
|
| 94 |
|
|
: mtsp %r1,%sr0
|
| 95 |
|
|
: be 0(%sr0,%r21) ; branch to target
|
| 96 |
|
|
: stw %rp,-24(%sp) ; save rp
|
| 97 |
|
|
|
| 98 |
|
|
Import stub to call shared library routine from shared library
|
| 99 |
|
|
(multiple sub-space support)
|
| 100 |
|
|
: addil LR'ltoff,%r19 ; get procedure entry point
|
| 101 |
|
|
: ldw RR'ltoff(%r1),%r21
|
| 102 |
|
|
: ldw RR'ltoff+4(%r1),%r19 ; get new dlt value.
|
| 103 |
|
|
: ldsid (%r21),%r1
|
| 104 |
|
|
: mtsp %r1,%sr0
|
| 105 |
|
|
: be 0(%sr0,%r21) ; branch to target
|
| 106 |
|
|
: stw %rp,-24(%sp) ; save rp
|
| 107 |
|
|
|
| 108 |
|
|
Export stub to return from shared lib routine (multiple sub-space support)
|
| 109 |
|
|
One of these is created for each exported procedure in a shared
|
| 110 |
|
|
library (and stored in the shared lib). Shared lib routines are
|
| 111 |
|
|
called via the first instruction in the export stub so that we can
|
| 112 |
|
|
do an inter-space return. Not required for single sub-space.
|
| 113 |
|
|
: bl,n X,%rp ; trap the return
|
| 114 |
|
|
: nop
|
| 115 |
|
|
: ldw -24(%sp),%rp ; restore the original rp
|
| 116 |
|
|
: ldsid (%rp),%r1
|
| 117 |
|
|
: mtsp %r1,%sr0
|
| 118 |
|
|
: be,n 0(%sr0,%rp) ; inter-space return. */
|
| 119 |
|
|
|
| 120 |
|
|
|
| 121 |
|
|
/* Variable names follow a coding style.
|
| 122 |
|
|
Please follow this (Apps Hungarian) style:
|
| 123 |
|
|
|
| 124 |
|
|
Structure/Variable Prefix
|
| 125 |
|
|
elf_link_hash_table "etab"
|
| 126 |
|
|
elf_link_hash_entry "eh"
|
| 127 |
|
|
|
| 128 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_link_hash_table "htab"
|
| 129 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry "hh"
|
| 130 |
|
|
|
| 131 |
|
|
bfd_hash_table "btab"
|
| 132 |
|
|
bfd_hash_entry "bh"
|
| 133 |
|
|
|
| 134 |
|
|
bfd_hash_table containing stubs "bstab"
|
| 135 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry "hsh"
|
| 136 |
|
|
|
| 137 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry "hdh"
|
| 138 |
|
|
|
| 139 |
|
|
Always remember to use GNU Coding Style. */
|
| 140 |
|
|
|
| 141 |
|
|
#define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 8
|
| 142 |
|
|
#define GOT_ENTRY_SIZE 4
|
| 143 |
|
|
#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/lib/ld.so.1"
|
| 144 |
|
|
|
| 145 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte plt_stub[] =
|
| 146 |
|
|
{
|
| 147 |
|
|
0x0e, 0x80, 0x10, 0x96, /* 1: ldw 0(%r20),%r22 */
|
| 148 |
|
|
0xea, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0x00, /* bv %r0(%r22) */
|
| 149 |
|
|
0x0e, 0x88, 0x10, 0x95, /* ldw 4(%r20),%r21 */
|
| 150 |
|
|
#define PLT_STUB_ENTRY (3*4)
|
| 151 |
|
|
0xea, 0x9f, 0x1f, 0xdd, /* b,l 1b,%r20 */
|
| 152 |
|
|
0xd6, 0x80, 0x1c, 0x1e, /* depi 0,31,2,%r20 */
|
| 153 |
|
|
0x00, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xee, /* 9: .word fixup_func */
|
| 154 |
|
|
0xde, 0xad, 0xbe, 0xef /* .word fixup_ltp */
|
| 155 |
|
|
};
|
| 156 |
|
|
|
| 157 |
|
|
/* Section name for stubs is the associated section name plus this
|
| 158 |
|
|
string. */
|
| 159 |
|
|
#define STUB_SUFFIX ".stub"
|
| 160 |
|
|
|
| 161 |
|
|
/* We don't need to copy certain PC- or GP-relative dynamic relocs
|
| 162 |
|
|
into a shared object's dynamic section. All the relocs of the
|
| 163 |
|
|
limited class we are interested in, are absolute. */
|
| 164 |
|
|
#ifndef RELATIVE_DYNRELOCS
|
| 165 |
|
|
#define RELATIVE_DYNRELOCS 0
|
| 166 |
|
|
#define IS_ABSOLUTE_RELOC(r_type) 1
|
| 167 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 168 |
|
|
|
| 169 |
|
|
/* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
|
| 170 |
|
|
copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
|
| 171 |
|
|
section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
|
| 172 |
|
|
shared lib. */
|
| 173 |
|
|
#define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
|
| 174 |
|
|
|
| 175 |
|
|
enum elf32_hppa_stub_type
|
| 176 |
|
|
{
|
| 177 |
|
|
hppa_stub_long_branch,
|
| 178 |
|
|
hppa_stub_long_branch_shared,
|
| 179 |
|
|
hppa_stub_import,
|
| 180 |
|
|
hppa_stub_import_shared,
|
| 181 |
|
|
hppa_stub_export,
|
| 182 |
|
|
hppa_stub_none
|
| 183 |
|
|
};
|
| 184 |
|
|
|
| 185 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry
|
| 186 |
|
|
{
|
| 187 |
|
|
/* Base hash table entry structure. */
|
| 188 |
|
|
struct bfd_hash_entry bh_root;
|
| 189 |
|
|
|
| 190 |
|
|
/* The stub section. */
|
| 191 |
|
|
asection *stub_sec;
|
| 192 |
|
|
|
| 193 |
|
|
/* Offset within stub_sec of the beginning of this stub. */
|
| 194 |
|
|
bfd_vma stub_offset;
|
| 195 |
|
|
|
| 196 |
|
|
/* Given the symbol's value and its section we can determine its final
|
| 197 |
|
|
value when building the stubs (so the stub knows where to jump. */
|
| 198 |
|
|
bfd_vma target_value;
|
| 199 |
|
|
asection *target_section;
|
| 200 |
|
|
|
| 201 |
|
|
enum elf32_hppa_stub_type stub_type;
|
| 202 |
|
|
|
| 203 |
|
|
/* The symbol table entry, if any, that this was derived from. */
|
| 204 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
|
| 205 |
|
|
|
| 206 |
|
|
/* Where this stub is being called from, or, in the case of combined
|
| 207 |
|
|
stub sections, the first input section in the group. */
|
| 208 |
|
|
asection *id_sec;
|
| 209 |
|
|
};
|
| 210 |
|
|
|
| 211 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry
|
| 212 |
|
|
{
|
| 213 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry eh;
|
| 214 |
|
|
|
| 215 |
|
|
/* A pointer to the most recently used stub hash entry against this
|
| 216 |
|
|
symbol. */
|
| 217 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh_cache;
|
| 218 |
|
|
|
| 219 |
|
|
/* Used to count relocations for delayed sizing of relocation
|
| 220 |
|
|
sections. */
|
| 221 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry
|
| 222 |
|
|
{
|
| 223 |
|
|
/* Next relocation in the chain. */
|
| 224 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry *hdh_next;
|
| 225 |
|
|
|
| 226 |
|
|
/* The input section of the reloc. */
|
| 227 |
|
|
asection *sec;
|
| 228 |
|
|
|
| 229 |
|
|
/* Number of relocs copied in this section. */
|
| 230 |
|
|
bfd_size_type count;
|
| 231 |
|
|
|
| 232 |
|
|
#if RELATIVE_DYNRELOCS
|
| 233 |
|
|
/* Number of relative relocs copied for the input section. */
|
| 234 |
|
|
bfd_size_type relative_count;
|
| 235 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 236 |
|
|
} *dyn_relocs;
|
| 237 |
|
|
|
| 238 |
|
|
enum
|
| 239 |
|
|
{
|
| 240 |
|
|
GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL = 1, GOT_TLS_GD = 2, GOT_TLS_LDM = 4, GOT_TLS_IE = 8
|
| 241 |
|
|
} tls_type;
|
| 242 |
|
|
|
| 243 |
|
|
/* Set if this symbol is used by a plabel reloc. */
|
| 244 |
|
|
unsigned int plabel:1;
|
| 245 |
|
|
};
|
| 246 |
|
|
|
| 247 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table
|
| 248 |
|
|
{
|
| 249 |
|
|
/* The main hash table. */
|
| 250 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_table etab;
|
| 251 |
|
|
|
| 252 |
|
|
/* The stub hash table. */
|
| 253 |
|
|
struct bfd_hash_table bstab;
|
| 254 |
|
|
|
| 255 |
|
|
/* Linker stub bfd. */
|
| 256 |
|
|
bfd *stub_bfd;
|
| 257 |
|
|
|
| 258 |
|
|
/* Linker call-backs. */
|
| 259 |
|
|
asection * (*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *);
|
| 260 |
|
|
void (*layout_sections_again) (void);
|
| 261 |
|
|
|
| 262 |
|
|
/* Array to keep track of which stub sections have been created, and
|
| 263 |
|
|
information on stub grouping. */
|
| 264 |
|
|
struct map_stub
|
| 265 |
|
|
{
|
| 266 |
|
|
/* This is the section to which stubs in the group will be
|
| 267 |
|
|
attached. */
|
| 268 |
|
|
asection *link_sec;
|
| 269 |
|
|
/* The stub section. */
|
| 270 |
|
|
asection *stub_sec;
|
| 271 |
|
|
} *stub_group;
|
| 272 |
|
|
|
| 273 |
|
|
/* Assorted information used by elf32_hppa_size_stubs. */
|
| 274 |
|
|
unsigned int bfd_count;
|
| 275 |
|
|
int top_index;
|
| 276 |
|
|
asection **input_list;
|
| 277 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym **all_local_syms;
|
| 278 |
|
|
|
| 279 |
|
|
/* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
|
| 280 |
|
|
asection *sgot;
|
| 281 |
|
|
asection *srelgot;
|
| 282 |
|
|
asection *splt;
|
| 283 |
|
|
asection *srelplt;
|
| 284 |
|
|
asection *sdynbss;
|
| 285 |
|
|
asection *srelbss;
|
| 286 |
|
|
|
| 287 |
|
|
/* Used during a final link to store the base of the text and data
|
| 288 |
|
|
segments so that we can perform SEGREL relocations. */
|
| 289 |
|
|
bfd_vma text_segment_base;
|
| 290 |
|
|
bfd_vma data_segment_base;
|
| 291 |
|
|
|
| 292 |
|
|
/* Whether we support multiple sub-spaces for shared libs. */
|
| 293 |
|
|
unsigned int multi_subspace:1;
|
| 294 |
|
|
|
| 295 |
|
|
/* Flags set when various size branches are detected. Used to
|
| 296 |
|
|
select suitable defaults for the stub group size. */
|
| 297 |
|
|
unsigned int has_12bit_branch:1;
|
| 298 |
|
|
unsigned int has_17bit_branch:1;
|
| 299 |
|
|
unsigned int has_22bit_branch:1;
|
| 300 |
|
|
|
| 301 |
|
|
/* Set if we need a .plt stub to support lazy dynamic linking. */
|
| 302 |
|
|
unsigned int need_plt_stub:1;
|
| 303 |
|
|
|
| 304 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
/* Small local sym cache. */
|
| 305 |
|
|
struct sym_cache sym_cache;
|
| 306 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
|
| 307 |
|
|
/* Data for LDM relocations. */
|
| 308 |
|
|
union
|
| 309 |
|
|
{
|
| 310 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma refcount;
|
| 311 |
|
|
bfd_vma offset;
|
| 312 |
|
|
} tls_ldm_got;
|
| 313 |
|
|
};
|
| 314 |
|
|
|
| 315 |
|
|
/* Various hash macros and functions. */
|
| 316 |
|
|
#define hppa_link_hash_table(p) \
|
| 317 |
|
|
((struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
|
| 318 |
|
|
|
| 319 |
|
|
#define hppa_elf_hash_entry(ent) \
|
| 320 |
|
|
((struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
|
| 321 |
|
|
|
| 322 |
|
|
#define hppa_stub_hash_entry(ent) \
|
| 323 |
|
|
((struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *)(ent))
|
| 324 |
|
|
|
| 325 |
|
|
#define hppa_stub_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
|
| 326 |
|
|
((struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *) \
|
| 327 |
|
|
bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
|
| 328 |
|
|
|
| 329 |
|
|
#define hppa_elf_local_got_tls_type(abfd) \
|
| 330 |
|
|
((char *)(elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) + (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_info * 2)))
|
| 331 |
|
|
|
| 332 |
|
|
#define hh_name(hh) \
|
| 333 |
|
|
(hh ? hh->eh.root.root.string : "<undef>")
|
| 334 |
|
|
|
| 335 |
|
|
#define eh_name(eh) \
|
| 336 |
|
|
(eh ? eh->root.root.string : "<undef>")
|
| 337 |
|
|
|
| 338 |
|
|
/* Override the generic function because we want to mark our BFDs. */
|
| 339 |
|
|
|
| 340 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 341 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
|
| 342 |
|
|
{
|
| 343 |
|
|
return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata),
|
| 344 |
|
|
HPPA_ELF_TDATA);
|
| 345 |
|
|
}
|
| 346 |
|
|
|
| 347 |
|
|
/* Assorted hash table functions. */
|
| 348 |
|
|
|
| 349 |
|
|
/* Initialize an entry in the stub hash table. */
|
| 350 |
|
|
|
| 351 |
|
|
static struct bfd_hash_entry *
|
| 352 |
|
|
stub_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
|
| 353 |
|
|
struct bfd_hash_table *table,
|
| 354 |
|
|
const char *string)
|
| 355 |
|
|
{
|
| 356 |
|
|
/* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
|
| 357 |
|
|
subclass. */
|
| 358 |
|
|
if (entry == NULL)
|
| 359 |
|
|
{
|
| 360 |
|
|
entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
|
| 361 |
|
|
sizeof (struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry));
|
| 362 |
|
|
if (entry == NULL)
|
| 363 |
|
|
return entry;
|
| 364 |
|
|
}
|
| 365 |
|
|
|
| 366 |
|
|
/* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
|
| 367 |
|
|
entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
|
| 368 |
|
|
if (entry != NULL)
|
| 369 |
|
|
{
|
| 370 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh;
|
| 371 |
|
|
|
| 372 |
|
|
/* Initialize the local fields. */
|
| 373 |
|
|
hsh = hppa_stub_hash_entry (entry);
|
| 374 |
|
|
hsh->stub_sec = NULL;
|
| 375 |
|
|
hsh->stub_offset = 0;
|
| 376 |
|
|
hsh->target_value = 0;
|
| 377 |
|
|
hsh->target_section = NULL;
|
| 378 |
|
|
hsh->stub_type = hppa_stub_long_branch;
|
| 379 |
|
|
hsh->hh = NULL;
|
| 380 |
|
|
hsh->id_sec = NULL;
|
| 381 |
|
|
}
|
| 382 |
|
|
|
| 383 |
|
|
return entry;
|
| 384 |
|
|
}
|
| 385 |
|
|
|
| 386 |
|
|
/* Initialize an entry in the link hash table. */
|
| 387 |
|
|
|
| 388 |
|
|
static struct bfd_hash_entry *
|
| 389 |
|
|
hppa_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
|
| 390 |
|
|
struct bfd_hash_table *table,
|
| 391 |
|
|
const char *string)
|
| 392 |
|
|
{
|
| 393 |
|
|
/* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
|
| 394 |
|
|
subclass. */
|
| 395 |
|
|
if (entry == NULL)
|
| 396 |
|
|
{
|
| 397 |
|
|
entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
|
| 398 |
|
|
sizeof (struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry));
|
| 399 |
|
|
if (entry == NULL)
|
| 400 |
|
|
return entry;
|
| 401 |
|
|
}
|
| 402 |
|
|
|
| 403 |
|
|
/* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
|
| 404 |
|
|
entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
|
| 405 |
|
|
if (entry != NULL)
|
| 406 |
|
|
{
|
| 407 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
|
| 408 |
|
|
|
| 409 |
|
|
/* Initialize the local fields. */
|
| 410 |
|
|
hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (entry);
|
| 411 |
|
|
hh->hsh_cache = NULL;
|
| 412 |
|
|
hh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
|
| 413 |
|
|
hh->plabel = 0;
|
| 414 |
|
|
hh->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
|
| 415 |
|
|
}
|
| 416 |
|
|
|
| 417 |
|
|
return entry;
|
| 418 |
|
|
}
|
| 419 |
|
|
|
| 420 |
|
|
/* Create the derived linker hash table. The PA ELF port uses the derived
|
| 421 |
|
|
hash table to keep information specific to the PA ELF linker (without
|
| 422 |
|
|
using static variables). */
|
| 423 |
|
|
|
| 424 |
|
|
static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
|
| 425 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
|
| 426 |
|
|
{
|
| 427 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 428 |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*htab);
|
| 429 |
|
|
|
| 430 |
|
|
htab = bfd_malloc (amt);
|
| 431 |
|
|
if (htab == NULL)
|
| 432 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 433 |
|
|
|
| 434 |
|
|
if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&htab->etab, abfd, hppa_link_hash_newfunc,
|
| 435 |
|
|
sizeof (struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry)))
|
| 436 |
|
|
{
|
| 437 |
|
|
free (htab);
|
| 438 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 439 |
|
|
}
|
| 440 |
|
|
|
| 441 |
|
|
/* Init the stub hash table too. */
|
| 442 |
|
|
if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab->bstab, stub_hash_newfunc,
|
| 443 |
|
|
sizeof (struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry)))
|
| 444 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 445 |
|
|
|
| 446 |
|
|
htab->stub_bfd = NULL;
|
| 447 |
|
|
htab->add_stub_section = NULL;
|
| 448 |
|
|
htab->layout_sections_again = NULL;
|
| 449 |
|
|
htab->stub_group = NULL;
|
| 450 |
|
|
htab->sgot = NULL;
|
| 451 |
|
|
htab->srelgot = NULL;
|
| 452 |
|
|
htab->splt = NULL;
|
| 453 |
|
|
htab->srelplt = NULL;
|
| 454 |
|
|
htab->sdynbss = NULL;
|
| 455 |
|
|
htab->srelbss = NULL;
|
| 456 |
|
|
htab->text_segment_base = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
| 457 |
|
|
htab->data_segment_base = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
| 458 |
|
|
htab->multi_subspace = 0;
|
| 459 |
|
|
htab->has_12bit_branch = 0;
|
| 460 |
|
|
htab->has_17bit_branch = 0;
|
| 461 |
|
|
htab->has_22bit_branch = 0;
|
| 462 |
|
|
htab->need_plt_stub = 0;
|
| 463 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
htab->sym_cache.abfd = NULL;
|
| 464 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount = 0;
|
| 465 |
|
|
|
| 466 |
|
|
return &htab->etab.root;
|
| 467 |
|
|
}
|
| 468 |
|
|
|
| 469 |
|
|
/* Free the derived linker hash table. */
|
| 470 |
|
|
|
| 471 |
|
|
static void
|
| 472 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_link_hash_table_free (struct bfd_link_hash_table *btab)
|
| 473 |
|
|
{
|
| 474 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab
|
| 475 |
|
|
= (struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *) btab;
|
| 476 |
|
|
|
| 477 |
|
|
bfd_hash_table_free (&htab->bstab);
|
| 478 |
|
|
_bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (btab);
|
| 479 |
|
|
}
|
| 480 |
|
|
|
| 481 |
|
|
/* Build a name for an entry in the stub hash table. */
|
| 482 |
|
|
|
| 483 |
|
|
static char *
|
| 484 |
|
|
hppa_stub_name (const asection *input_section,
|
| 485 |
|
|
const asection *sym_sec,
|
| 486 |
|
|
const struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh,
|
| 487 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
|
| 488 |
|
|
{
|
| 489 |
|
|
char *stub_name;
|
| 490 |
|
|
bfd_size_type len;
|
| 491 |
|
|
|
| 492 |
|
|
if (hh)
|
| 493 |
|
|
{
|
| 494 |
|
|
len = 8 + 1 + strlen (hh_name (hh)) + 1 + 8 + 1;
|
| 495 |
|
|
stub_name = bfd_malloc (len);
|
| 496 |
|
|
if (stub_name != NULL)
|
| 497 |
|
|
sprintf (stub_name, "%08x_%s+%x",
|
| 498 |
|
|
input_section->id & 0xffffffff,
|
| 499 |
|
|
hh_name (hh),
|
| 500 |
|
|
(int) rela->r_addend & 0xffffffff);
|
| 501 |
|
|
}
|
| 502 |
|
|
else
|
| 503 |
|
|
{
|
| 504 |
|
|
len = 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1;
|
| 505 |
|
|
stub_name = bfd_malloc (len);
|
| 506 |
|
|
if (stub_name != NULL)
|
| 507 |
|
|
sprintf (stub_name, "%08x_%x:%x+%x",
|
| 508 |
|
|
input_section->id & 0xffffffff,
|
| 509 |
|
|
sym_sec->id & 0xffffffff,
|
| 510 |
|
|
(int) ELF32_R_SYM (rela->r_info) & 0xffffffff,
|
| 511 |
|
|
(int) rela->r_addend & 0xffffffff);
|
| 512 |
|
|
}
|
| 513 |
|
|
return stub_name;
|
| 514 |
|
|
}
|
| 515 |
|
|
|
| 516 |
|
|
/* Look up an entry in the stub hash. Stub entries are cached because
|
| 517 |
|
|
creating the stub name takes a bit of time. */
|
| 518 |
|
|
|
| 519 |
|
|
static struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *
|
| 520 |
|
|
hppa_get_stub_entry (const asection *input_section,
|
| 521 |
|
|
const asection *sym_sec,
|
| 522 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh,
|
| 523 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela,
|
| 524 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab)
|
| 525 |
|
|
{
|
| 526 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh_entry;
|
| 527 |
|
|
const asection *id_sec;
|
| 528 |
|
|
|
| 529 |
|
|
/* If this input section is part of a group of sections sharing one
|
| 530 |
|
|
stub section, then use the id of the first section in the group.
|
| 531 |
|
|
Stub names need to include a section id, as there may well be
|
| 532 |
|
|
more than one stub used to reach say, printf, and we need to
|
| 533 |
|
|
distinguish between them. */
|
| 534 |
|
|
id_sec = htab->stub_group[input_section->id].link_sec;
|
| 535 |
|
|
|
| 536 |
|
|
if (hh != NULL && hh->hsh_cache != NULL
|
| 537 |
|
|
&& hh->hsh_cache->hh == hh
|
| 538 |
|
|
&& hh->hsh_cache->id_sec == id_sec)
|
| 539 |
|
|
{
|
| 540 |
|
|
hsh_entry = hh->hsh_cache;
|
| 541 |
|
|
}
|
| 542 |
|
|
else
|
| 543 |
|
|
{
|
| 544 |
|
|
char *stub_name;
|
| 545 |
|
|
|
| 546 |
|
|
stub_name = hppa_stub_name (id_sec, sym_sec, hh, rela);
|
| 547 |
|
|
if (stub_name == NULL)
|
| 548 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 549 |
|
|
|
| 550 |
|
|
hsh_entry = hppa_stub_hash_lookup (&htab->bstab,
|
| 551 |
|
|
stub_name, FALSE, FALSE);
|
| 552 |
|
|
if (hh != NULL)
|
| 553 |
|
|
hh->hsh_cache = hsh_entry;
|
| 554 |
|
|
|
| 555 |
|
|
free (stub_name);
|
| 556 |
|
|
}
|
| 557 |
|
|
|
| 558 |
|
|
return hsh_entry;
|
| 559 |
|
|
}
|
| 560 |
|
|
|
| 561 |
|
|
/* Add a new stub entry to the stub hash. Not all fields of the new
|
| 562 |
|
|
stub entry are initialised. */
|
| 563 |
|
|
|
| 564 |
|
|
static struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *
|
| 565 |
|
|
hppa_add_stub (const char *stub_name,
|
| 566 |
|
|
asection *section,
|
| 567 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab)
|
| 568 |
|
|
{
|
| 569 |
|
|
asection *link_sec;
|
| 570 |
|
|
asection *stub_sec;
|
| 571 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh;
|
| 572 |
|
|
|
| 573 |
|
|
link_sec = htab->stub_group[section->id].link_sec;
|
| 574 |
|
|
stub_sec = htab->stub_group[section->id].stub_sec;
|
| 575 |
|
|
if (stub_sec == NULL)
|
| 576 |
|
|
{
|
| 577 |
|
|
stub_sec = htab->stub_group[link_sec->id].stub_sec;
|
| 578 |
|
|
if (stub_sec == NULL)
|
| 579 |
|
|
{
|
| 580 |
|
|
size_t namelen;
|
| 581 |
|
|
bfd_size_type len;
|
| 582 |
|
|
char *s_name;
|
| 583 |
|
|
|
| 584 |
|
|
namelen = strlen (link_sec->name);
|
| 585 |
|
|
len = namelen + sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX);
|
| 586 |
|
|
s_name = bfd_alloc (htab->stub_bfd, len);
|
| 587 |
|
|
if (s_name == NULL)
|
| 588 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 589 |
|
|
|
| 590 |
|
|
memcpy (s_name, link_sec->name, namelen);
|
| 591 |
|
|
memcpy (s_name + namelen, STUB_SUFFIX, sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX));
|
| 592 |
|
|
stub_sec = (*htab->add_stub_section) (s_name, link_sec);
|
| 593 |
|
|
if (stub_sec == NULL)
|
| 594 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 595 |
|
|
htab->stub_group[link_sec->id].stub_sec = stub_sec;
|
| 596 |
|
|
}
|
| 597 |
|
|
htab->stub_group[section->id].stub_sec = stub_sec;
|
| 598 |
|
|
}
|
| 599 |
|
|
|
| 600 |
|
|
/* Enter this entry into the linker stub hash table. */
|
| 601 |
|
|
hsh = hppa_stub_hash_lookup (&htab->bstab, stub_name,
|
| 602 |
|
|
TRUE, FALSE);
|
| 603 |
|
|
if (hsh == NULL)
|
| 604 |
|
|
{
|
| 605 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: cannot create stub entry %s"),
|
| 606 |
|
|
section->owner,
|
| 607 |
|
|
stub_name);
|
| 608 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 609 |
|
|
}
|
| 610 |
|
|
|
| 611 |
|
|
hsh->stub_sec = stub_sec;
|
| 612 |
|
|
hsh->stub_offset = 0;
|
| 613 |
|
|
hsh->id_sec = link_sec;
|
| 614 |
|
|
return hsh;
|
| 615 |
|
|
}
|
| 616 |
|
|
|
| 617 |
|
|
/* Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a call. */
|
| 618 |
|
|
|
| 619 |
|
|
static enum elf32_hppa_stub_type
|
| 620 |
|
|
hppa_type_of_stub (asection *input_sec,
|
| 621 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela,
|
| 622 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh,
|
| 623 |
|
|
bfd_vma destination,
|
| 624 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 625 |
|
|
{
|
| 626 |
|
|
bfd_vma location;
|
| 627 |
|
|
bfd_vma branch_offset;
|
| 628 |
|
|
bfd_vma max_branch_offset;
|
| 629 |
|
|
unsigned int r_type;
|
| 630 |
|
|
|
| 631 |
|
|
if (hh != NULL
|
| 632 |
|
|
&& hh->eh.plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
|
| 633 |
|
|
&& hh->eh.dynindx != -1
|
| 634 |
|
|
&& !hh->plabel
|
| 635 |
|
|
&& (info->shared
|
| 636 |
|
|
|| !hh->eh.def_regular
|
| 637 |
|
|
|| hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
|
| 638 |
|
|
{
|
| 639 |
|
|
/* We need an import stub. Decide between hppa_stub_import
|
| 640 |
|
|
and hppa_stub_import_shared later. */
|
| 641 |
|
|
return hppa_stub_import;
|
| 642 |
|
|
}
|
| 643 |
|
|
|
| 644 |
|
|
/* Determine where the call point is. */
|
| 645 |
|
|
location = (input_sec->output_offset
|
| 646 |
|
|
+ input_sec->output_section->vma
|
| 647 |
|
|
+ rela->r_offset);
|
| 648 |
|
|
|
| 649 |
|
|
branch_offset = destination - location - 8;
|
| 650 |
|
|
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info);
|
| 651 |
|
|
|
| 652 |
|
|
/* Determine if a long branch stub is needed. parisc branch offsets
|
| 653 |
|
|
are relative to the second instruction past the branch, ie. +8
|
| 654 |
|
|
bytes on from the branch instruction location. The offset is
|
| 655 |
|
|
signed and counts in units of 4 bytes. */
|
| 656 |
|
|
if (r_type == (unsigned int) R_PARISC_PCREL17F)
|
| 657 |
|
|
max_branch_offset = (1 << (17 - 1)) << 2;
|
| 658 |
|
|
|
| 659 |
|
|
else if (r_type == (unsigned int) R_PARISC_PCREL12F)
|
| 660 |
|
|
max_branch_offset = (1 << (12 - 1)) << 2;
|
| 661 |
|
|
|
| 662 |
|
|
else /* R_PARISC_PCREL22F. */
|
| 663 |
|
|
max_branch_offset = (1 << (22 - 1)) << 2;
|
| 664 |
|
|
|
| 665 |
|
|
if (branch_offset + max_branch_offset >= 2*max_branch_offset)
|
| 666 |
|
|
return hppa_stub_long_branch;
|
| 667 |
|
|
|
| 668 |
|
|
return hppa_stub_none;
|
| 669 |
|
|
}
|
| 670 |
|
|
|
| 671 |
|
|
/* Build one linker stub as defined by the stub hash table entry GEN_ENTRY.
|
| 672 |
|
|
IN_ARG contains the link info pointer. */
|
| 673 |
|
|
|
| 674 |
|
|
#define LDIL_R1 0x20200000 /* ldil LR'XXX,%r1 */
|
| 675 |
|
|
#define BE_SR4_R1 0xe0202002 /* be,n RR'XXX(%sr4,%r1) */
|
| 676 |
|
|
|
| 677 |
|
|
#define BL_R1 0xe8200000 /* b,l .+8,%r1 */
|
| 678 |
|
|
#define ADDIL_R1 0x28200000 /* addil LR'XXX,%r1,%r1 */
|
| 679 |
|
|
#define DEPI_R1 0xd4201c1e /* depi 0,31,2,%r1 */
|
| 680 |
|
|
|
| 681 |
|
|
#define ADDIL_DP 0x2b600000 /* addil LR'XXX,%dp,%r1 */
|
| 682 |
|
|
#define LDW_R1_R21 0x48350000 /* ldw RR'XXX(%sr0,%r1),%r21 */
|
| 683 |
|
|
#define BV_R0_R21 0xeaa0c000 /* bv %r0(%r21) */
|
| 684 |
|
|
#define LDW_R1_R19 0x48330000 /* ldw RR'XXX(%sr0,%r1),%r19 */
|
| 685 |
|
|
|
| 686 |
|
|
#define ADDIL_R19 0x2a600000 /* addil LR'XXX,%r19,%r1 */
|
| 687 |
|
|
#define LDW_R1_DP 0x483b0000 /* ldw RR'XXX(%sr0,%r1),%dp */
|
| 688 |
|
|
|
| 689 |
|
|
#define LDSID_R21_R1 0x02a010a1 /* ldsid (%sr0,%r21),%r1 */
|
| 690 |
|
|
#define MTSP_R1 0x00011820 /* mtsp %r1,%sr0 */
|
| 691 |
|
|
#define BE_SR0_R21 0xe2a00000 /* be 0(%sr0,%r21) */
|
| 692 |
|
|
#define STW_RP 0x6bc23fd1 /* stw %rp,-24(%sr0,%sp) */
|
| 693 |
|
|
|
| 694 |
|
|
#define BL22_RP 0xe800a002 /* b,l,n XXX,%rp */
|
| 695 |
|
|
#define BL_RP 0xe8400002 /* b,l,n XXX,%rp */
|
| 696 |
|
|
#define NOP 0x08000240 /* nop */
|
| 697 |
|
|
#define LDW_RP 0x4bc23fd1 /* ldw -24(%sr0,%sp),%rp */
|
| 698 |
|
|
#define LDSID_RP_R1 0x004010a1 /* ldsid (%sr0,%rp),%r1 */
|
| 699 |
|
|
#define BE_SR0_RP 0xe0400002 /* be,n 0(%sr0,%rp) */
|
| 700 |
|
|
|
| 701 |
|
|
#ifndef R19_STUBS
|
| 702 |
|
|
#define R19_STUBS 1
|
| 703 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 704 |
|
|
|
| 705 |
|
|
#if R19_STUBS
|
| 706 |
|
|
#define LDW_R1_DLT LDW_R1_R19
|
| 707 |
|
|
#else
|
| 708 |
|
|
#define LDW_R1_DLT LDW_R1_DP
|
| 709 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 710 |
|
|
|
| 711 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 712 |
|
|
hppa_build_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry *bh, void *in_arg)
|
| 713 |
|
|
{
|
| 714 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh;
|
| 715 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
| 716 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 717 |
|
|
asection *stub_sec;
|
| 718 |
|
|
bfd *stub_bfd;
|
| 719 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
| 720 |
|
|
bfd_vma sym_value;
|
| 721 |
|
|
bfd_vma insn;
|
| 722 |
|
|
bfd_vma off;
|
| 723 |
|
|
int val;
|
| 724 |
|
|
int size;
|
| 725 |
|
|
|
| 726 |
|
|
/* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
|
| 727 |
|
|
hsh = hppa_stub_hash_entry (bh);
|
| 728 |
|
|
info = (struct bfd_link_info *)in_arg;
|
| 729 |
|
|
|
| 730 |
|
|
htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
|
| 731 |
|
|
stub_sec = hsh->stub_sec;
|
| 732 |
|
|
|
| 733 |
|
|
/* Make a note of the offset within the stubs for this entry. */
|
| 734 |
|
|
hsh->stub_offset = stub_sec->size;
|
| 735 |
|
|
loc = stub_sec->contents + hsh->stub_offset;
|
| 736 |
|
|
|
| 737 |
|
|
stub_bfd = stub_sec->owner;
|
| 738 |
|
|
|
| 739 |
|
|
switch (hsh->stub_type)
|
| 740 |
|
|
{
|
| 741 |
|
|
case hppa_stub_long_branch:
|
| 742 |
|
|
/* Create the long branch. A long branch is formed with "ldil"
|
| 743 |
|
|
loading the upper bits of the target address into a register,
|
| 744 |
|
|
then branching with "be" which adds in the lower bits.
|
| 745 |
|
|
The "be" has its delay slot nullified. */
|
| 746 |
|
|
sym_value = (hsh->target_value
|
| 747 |
|
|
+ hsh->target_section->output_offset
|
| 748 |
|
|
+ hsh->target_section->output_section->vma);
|
| 749 |
|
|
|
| 750 |
|
|
val = hppa_field_adjust (sym_value, 0, e_lrsel);
|
| 751 |
|
|
insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) LDIL_R1, val, 21);
|
| 752 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, insn, loc);
|
| 753 |
|
|
|
| 754 |
|
|
val = hppa_field_adjust (sym_value, 0, e_rrsel) >> 2;
|
| 755 |
|
|
insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) BE_SR4_R1, val, 17);
|
| 756 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, insn, loc + 4);
|
| 757 |
|
|
|
| 758 |
|
|
size = 8;
|
| 759 |
|
|
break;
|
| 760 |
|
|
|
| 761 |
|
|
case hppa_stub_long_branch_shared:
|
| 762 |
|
|
/* Branches are relative. This is where we are going to. */
|
| 763 |
|
|
sym_value = (hsh->target_value
|
| 764 |
|
|
+ hsh->target_section->output_offset
|
| 765 |
|
|
+ hsh->target_section->output_section->vma);
|
| 766 |
|
|
|
| 767 |
|
|
/* And this is where we are coming from, more or less. */
|
| 768 |
|
|
sym_value -= (hsh->stub_offset
|
| 769 |
|
|
+ stub_sec->output_offset
|
| 770 |
|
|
+ stub_sec->output_section->vma);
|
| 771 |
|
|
|
| 772 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) BL_R1, loc);
|
| 773 |
|
|
val = hppa_field_adjust (sym_value, (bfd_signed_vma) -8, e_lrsel);
|
| 774 |
|
|
insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) ADDIL_R1, val, 21);
|
| 775 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, insn, loc + 4);
|
| 776 |
|
|
|
| 777 |
|
|
val = hppa_field_adjust (sym_value, (bfd_signed_vma) -8, e_rrsel) >> 2;
|
| 778 |
|
|
insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) BE_SR4_R1, val, 17);
|
| 779 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, insn, loc + 8);
|
| 780 |
|
|
size = 12;
|
| 781 |
|
|
break;
|
| 782 |
|
|
|
| 783 |
|
|
case hppa_stub_import:
|
| 784 |
|
|
case hppa_stub_import_shared:
|
| 785 |
|
|
off = hsh->hh->eh.plt.offset;
|
| 786 |
|
|
if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
|
| 787 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 788 |
|
|
|
| 789 |
|
|
off &= ~ (bfd_vma) 1;
|
| 790 |
|
|
sym_value = (off
|
| 791 |
|
|
+ htab->splt->output_offset
|
| 792 |
|
|
+ htab->splt->output_section->vma
|
| 793 |
|
|
- elf_gp (htab->splt->output_section->owner));
|
| 794 |
|
|
|
| 795 |
|
|
insn = ADDIL_DP;
|
| 796 |
|
|
#if R19_STUBS
|
| 797 |
|
|
if (hsh->stub_type == hppa_stub_import_shared)
|
| 798 |
|
|
insn = ADDIL_R19;
|
| 799 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 800 |
|
|
val = hppa_field_adjust (sym_value, 0, e_lrsel),
|
| 801 |
|
|
insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) insn, val, 21);
|
| 802 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, insn, loc);
|
| 803 |
|
|
|
| 804 |
|
|
/* It is critical to use lrsel/rrsel here because we are using
|
| 805 |
|
|
two different offsets (+0 and +4) from sym_value. If we use
|
| 806 |
|
|
lsel/rsel then with unfortunate sym_values we will round
|
| 807 |
|
|
sym_value+4 up to the next 2k block leading to a mis-match
|
| 808 |
|
|
between the lsel and rsel value. */
|
| 809 |
|
|
val = hppa_field_adjust (sym_value, 0, e_rrsel);
|
| 810 |
|
|
insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) LDW_R1_R21, val, 14);
|
| 811 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, insn, loc + 4);
|
| 812 |
|
|
|
| 813 |
|
|
if (htab->multi_subspace)
|
| 814 |
|
|
{
|
| 815 |
|
|
val = hppa_field_adjust (sym_value, (bfd_signed_vma) 4, e_rrsel);
|
| 816 |
|
|
insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) LDW_R1_DLT, val, 14);
|
| 817 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, insn, loc + 8);
|
| 818 |
|
|
|
| 819 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) LDSID_R21_R1, loc + 12);
|
| 820 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) MTSP_R1, loc + 16);
|
| 821 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) BE_SR0_R21, loc + 20);
|
| 822 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) STW_RP, loc + 24);
|
| 823 |
|
|
|
| 824 |
|
|
size = 28;
|
| 825 |
|
|
}
|
| 826 |
|
|
else
|
| 827 |
|
|
{
|
| 828 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) BV_R0_R21, loc + 8);
|
| 829 |
|
|
val = hppa_field_adjust (sym_value, (bfd_signed_vma) 4, e_rrsel);
|
| 830 |
|
|
insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) LDW_R1_DLT, val, 14);
|
| 831 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, insn, loc + 12);
|
| 832 |
|
|
|
| 833 |
|
|
size = 16;
|
| 834 |
|
|
}
|
| 835 |
|
|
|
| 836 |
|
|
break;
|
| 837 |
|
|
|
| 838 |
|
|
case hppa_stub_export:
|
| 839 |
|
|
/* Branches are relative. This is where we are going to. */
|
| 840 |
|
|
sym_value = (hsh->target_value
|
| 841 |
|
|
+ hsh->target_section->output_offset
|
| 842 |
|
|
+ hsh->target_section->output_section->vma);
|
| 843 |
|
|
|
| 844 |
|
|
/* And this is where we are coming from. */
|
| 845 |
|
|
sym_value -= (hsh->stub_offset
|
| 846 |
|
|
+ stub_sec->output_offset
|
| 847 |
|
|
+ stub_sec->output_section->vma);
|
| 848 |
|
|
|
| 849 |
|
|
if (sym_value - 8 + (1 << (17 + 1)) >= (1 << (17 + 2))
|
| 850 |
|
|
&& (!htab->has_22bit_branch
|
| 851 |
|
|
|| sym_value - 8 + (1 << (22 + 1)) >= (1 << (22 + 2))))
|
| 852 |
|
|
{
|
| 853 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| 854 |
|
|
(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot reach %s, recompile with -ffunction-sections"),
|
| 855 |
|
|
hsh->target_section->owner,
|
| 856 |
|
|
stub_sec,
|
| 857 |
|
|
(long) hsh->stub_offset,
|
| 858 |
|
|
hsh->bh_root.string);
|
| 859 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
| 860 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 861 |
|
|
}
|
| 862 |
|
|
|
| 863 |
|
|
val = hppa_field_adjust (sym_value, (bfd_signed_vma) -8, e_fsel) >> 2;
|
| 864 |
|
|
if (!htab->has_22bit_branch)
|
| 865 |
|
|
insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) BL_RP, val, 17);
|
| 866 |
|
|
else
|
| 867 |
|
|
insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) BL22_RP, val, 22);
|
| 868 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, insn, loc);
|
| 869 |
|
|
|
| 870 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) NOP, loc + 4);
|
| 871 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) LDW_RP, loc + 8);
|
| 872 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) LDSID_RP_R1, loc + 12);
|
| 873 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) MTSP_R1, loc + 16);
|
| 874 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) BE_SR0_RP, loc + 20);
|
| 875 |
|
|
|
| 876 |
|
|
/* Point the function symbol at the stub. */
|
| 877 |
|
|
hsh->hh->eh.root.u.def.section = stub_sec;
|
| 878 |
|
|
hsh->hh->eh.root.u.def.value = stub_sec->size;
|
| 879 |
|
|
|
| 880 |
|
|
size = 24;
|
| 881 |
|
|
break;
|
| 882 |
|
|
|
| 883 |
|
|
default:
|
| 884 |
|
|
BFD_FAIL ();
|
| 885 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 886 |
|
|
}
|
| 887 |
|
|
|
| 888 |
|
|
stub_sec->size += size;
|
| 889 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 890 |
|
|
}
|
| 891 |
|
|
|
| 892 |
|
|
#undef LDIL_R1
|
| 893 |
|
|
#undef BE_SR4_R1
|
| 894 |
|
|
#undef BL_R1
|
| 895 |
|
|
#undef ADDIL_R1
|
| 896 |
|
|
#undef DEPI_R1
|
| 897 |
|
|
#undef LDW_R1_R21
|
| 898 |
|
|
#undef LDW_R1_DLT
|
| 899 |
|
|
#undef LDW_R1_R19
|
| 900 |
|
|
#undef ADDIL_R19
|
| 901 |
|
|
#undef LDW_R1_DP
|
| 902 |
|
|
#undef LDSID_R21_R1
|
| 903 |
|
|
#undef MTSP_R1
|
| 904 |
|
|
#undef BE_SR0_R21
|
| 905 |
|
|
#undef STW_RP
|
| 906 |
|
|
#undef BV_R0_R21
|
| 907 |
|
|
#undef BL_RP
|
| 908 |
|
|
#undef NOP
|
| 909 |
|
|
#undef LDW_RP
|
| 910 |
|
|
#undef LDSID_RP_R1
|
| 911 |
|
|
#undef BE_SR0_RP
|
| 912 |
|
|
|
| 913 |
|
|
/* As above, but don't actually build the stub. Just bump offset so
|
| 914 |
|
|
we know stub section sizes. */
|
| 915 |
|
|
|
| 916 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 917 |
|
|
hppa_size_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry *bh, void *in_arg)
|
| 918 |
|
|
{
|
| 919 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh;
|
| 920 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 921 |
|
|
int size;
|
| 922 |
|
|
|
| 923 |
|
|
/* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
|
| 924 |
|
|
hsh = hppa_stub_hash_entry (bh);
|
| 925 |
|
|
htab = in_arg;
|
| 926 |
|
|
|
| 927 |
|
|
if (hsh->stub_type == hppa_stub_long_branch)
|
| 928 |
|
|
size = 8;
|
| 929 |
|
|
else if (hsh->stub_type == hppa_stub_long_branch_shared)
|
| 930 |
|
|
size = 12;
|
| 931 |
|
|
else if (hsh->stub_type == hppa_stub_export)
|
| 932 |
|
|
size = 24;
|
| 933 |
|
|
else /* hppa_stub_import or hppa_stub_import_shared. */
|
| 934 |
|
|
{
|
| 935 |
|
|
if (htab->multi_subspace)
|
| 936 |
|
|
size = 28;
|
| 937 |
|
|
else
|
| 938 |
|
|
size = 16;
|
| 939 |
|
|
}
|
| 940 |
|
|
|
| 941 |
|
|
hsh->stub_sec->size += size;
|
| 942 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 943 |
|
|
}
|
| 944 |
|
|
|
| 945 |
|
|
/* Return nonzero if ABFD represents an HPPA ELF32 file.
|
| 946 |
|
|
Additionally we set the default architecture and machine. */
|
| 947 |
|
|
|
| 948 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 949 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_object_p (bfd *abfd)
|
| 950 |
|
|
{
|
| 951 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp;
|
| 952 |
|
|
unsigned int flags;
|
| 953 |
|
|
|
| 954 |
|
|
i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
| 955 |
|
|
if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (abfd), "elf32-hppa-linux") == 0)
|
| 956 |
|
|
{
|
| 957 |
|
|
/* GCC on hppa-linux produces binaries with OSABI=Linux,
|
| 958 |
|
|
but the kernel produces corefiles with OSABI=SysV. */
|
| 959 |
|
|
if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_LINUX &&
|
| 960 |
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_NONE) /* aka SYSV */
|
| 961 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 962 |
|
|
}
|
| 963 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (abfd), "elf32-hppa-netbsd") == 0)
|
| 964 |
|
|
{
|
| 965 |
|
|
/* GCC on hppa-netbsd produces binaries with OSABI=NetBSD,
|
| 966 |
|
|
but the kernel produces corefiles with OSABI=SysV. */
|
| 967 |
|
|
if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_NETBSD &&
|
| 968 |
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_NONE) /* aka SYSV */
|
| 969 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 970 |
|
|
}
|
| 971 |
|
|
else
|
| 972 |
|
|
{
|
| 973 |
|
|
if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_HPUX)
|
| 974 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 975 |
|
|
}
|
| 976 |
|
|
|
| 977 |
|
|
flags = i_ehdrp->e_flags;
|
| 978 |
|
|
switch (flags & (EF_PARISC_ARCH | EF_PARISC_WIDE))
|
| 979 |
|
|
{
|
| 980 |
|
|
case EFA_PARISC_1_0:
|
| 981 |
|
|
return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_hppa, 10);
|
| 982 |
|
|
case EFA_PARISC_1_1:
|
| 983 |
|
|
return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_hppa, 11);
|
| 984 |
|
|
case EFA_PARISC_2_0:
|
| 985 |
|
|
return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_hppa, 20);
|
| 986 |
|
|
case EFA_PARISC_2_0 | EF_PARISC_WIDE:
|
| 987 |
|
|
return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_hppa, 25);
|
| 988 |
|
|
}
|
| 989 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 990 |
|
|
}
|
| 991 |
|
|
|
| 992 |
|
|
/* Create the .plt and .got sections, and set up our hash table
|
| 993 |
|
|
short-cuts to various dynamic sections. */
|
| 994 |
|
|
|
| 995 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 996 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 997 |
|
|
{
|
| 998 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 999 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
|
| 1000 |
|
|
|
| 1001 |
|
|
/* Don't try to create the .plt and .got twice. */
|
| 1002 |
|
|
htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
|
| 1003 |
|
|
if (htab->splt != NULL)
|
| 1004 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 1005 |
|
|
|
| 1006 |
|
|
/* Call the generic code to do most of the work. */
|
| 1007 |
|
|
if (! _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
|
| 1008 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1009 |
|
|
|
| 1010 |
|
|
htab->splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
|
| 1011 |
|
|
htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
|
| 1012 |
|
|
|
| 1013 |
|
|
htab->sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
|
| 1014 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
htab->srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.got");
|
| 1015 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
|
| 1016 |
|
|
htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynbss");
|
| 1017 |
|
|
htab->srelbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.bss");
|
| 1018 |
|
|
|
| 1019 |
|
|
/* hppa-linux needs _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ to be visible from the main
|
| 1020 |
|
|
application, because __canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare needs it. */
|
| 1021 |
|
|
eh = elf_hash_table (info)->hgot;
|
| 1022 |
|
|
eh->forced_local = 0;
|
| 1023 |
|
|
eh->other = STV_DEFAULT;
|
| 1024 |
|
|
return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, eh);
|
| 1025 |
|
|
}
|
| 1026 |
|
|
|
| 1027 |
|
|
/* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
|
| 1028 |
|
|
|
| 1029 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1030 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 1031 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh_dir,
|
| 1032 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh_ind)
|
| 1033 |
|
|
{
|
| 1034 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh_dir, *hh_ind;
|
| 1035 |
|
|
|
| 1036 |
|
|
hh_dir = hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh_dir);
|
| 1037 |
|
|
hh_ind = hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh_ind);
|
| 1038 |
|
|
|
| 1039 |
|
|
if (hh_ind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
|
| 1040 |
|
|
{
|
| 1041 |
|
|
if (hh_dir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
|
| 1042 |
|
|
{
|
| 1043 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry **hdh_pp;
|
| 1044 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry *hdh_p;
|
| 1045 |
|
|
|
| 1046 |
|
|
/* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
|
| 1047 |
|
|
list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
|
| 1048 |
|
|
for (hdh_pp = &hh_ind->dyn_relocs; (hdh_p = *hdh_pp) != NULL; )
|
| 1049 |
|
|
{
|
| 1050 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry *hdh_q;
|
| 1051 |
|
|
|
| 1052 |
|
|
for (hdh_q = hh_dir->dyn_relocs;
|
| 1053 |
|
|
hdh_q != NULL;
|
| 1054 |
|
|
hdh_q = hdh_q->hdh_next)
|
| 1055 |
|
|
if (hdh_q->sec == hdh_p->sec)
|
| 1056 |
|
|
{
|
| 1057 |
|
|
#if RELATIVE_DYNRELOCS
|
| 1058 |
|
|
hdh_q->relative_count += hdh_p->relative_count;
|
| 1059 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1060 |
|
|
hdh_q->count += hdh_p->count;
|
| 1061 |
|
|
*hdh_pp = hdh_p->hdh_next;
|
| 1062 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1063 |
|
|
}
|
| 1064 |
|
|
if (hdh_q == NULL)
|
| 1065 |
|
|
hdh_pp = &hdh_p->hdh_next;
|
| 1066 |
|
|
}
|
| 1067 |
|
|
*hdh_pp = hh_dir->dyn_relocs;
|
| 1068 |
|
|
}
|
| 1069 |
|
|
|
| 1070 |
|
|
hh_dir->dyn_relocs = hh_ind->dyn_relocs;
|
| 1071 |
|
|
hh_ind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
|
| 1072 |
|
|
}
|
| 1073 |
|
|
|
| 1074 |
|
|
if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
|
| 1075 |
|
|
&& eh_ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
| 1076 |
|
|
&& eh_dir->dynamic_adjusted)
|
| 1077 |
|
|
{
|
| 1078 |
|
|
/* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
|
| 1079 |
|
|
of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
|
| 1080 |
|
|
We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS. */
|
| 1081 |
|
|
eh_dir->ref_dynamic |= eh_ind->ref_dynamic;
|
| 1082 |
|
|
eh_dir->ref_regular |= eh_ind->ref_regular;
|
| 1083 |
|
|
eh_dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= eh_ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
|
| 1084 |
|
|
eh_dir->needs_plt |= eh_ind->needs_plt;
|
| 1085 |
|
|
}
|
| 1086 |
|
|
else
|
| 1087 |
|
|
{
|
| 1088 |
|
|
if (eh_ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
| 1089 |
|
|
&& eh_dir->got.refcount <= 0)
|
| 1090 |
|
|
{
|
| 1091 |
|
|
hh_dir->tls_type = hh_ind->tls_type;
|
| 1092 |
|
|
hh_ind->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
|
| 1093 |
|
|
}
|
| 1094 |
|
|
|
| 1095 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, eh_dir, eh_ind);
|
| 1096 |
|
|
}
|
| 1097 |
|
|
}
|
| 1098 |
|
|
|
| 1099 |
|
|
static int
|
| 1100 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 1101 |
|
|
int r_type, int is_local ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 1102 |
|
|
{
|
| 1103 |
|
|
/* For now we don't support linker optimizations. */
|
| 1104 |
|
|
return r_type;
|
| 1105 |
|
|
}
|
| 1106 |
|
|
|
| 1107 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
/* Return a pointer to the local GOT, PLT and TLS reference counts
|
| 1108 |
|
|
for ABFD. Returns NULL if the storage allocation fails. */
|
| 1109 |
|
|
|
| 1110 |
|
|
static bfd_signed_vma *
|
| 1111 |
|
|
hppa32_elf_local_refcounts (bfd *abfd)
|
| 1112 |
|
|
{
|
| 1113 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
| 1114 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma *local_refcounts;
|
| 1115 |
|
|
|
| 1116 |
|
|
local_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
|
| 1117 |
|
|
if (local_refcounts == NULL)
|
| 1118 |
|
|
{
|
| 1119 |
|
|
bfd_size_type size;
|
| 1120 |
|
|
|
| 1121 |
|
|
/* Allocate space for local GOT and PLT reference
|
| 1122 |
|
|
counts. Done this way to save polluting elf_obj_tdata
|
| 1123 |
|
|
with another target specific pointer. */
|
| 1124 |
|
|
size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
| 1125 |
|
|
size *= 2 * sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
|
| 1126 |
|
|
/* Add in space to store the local GOT TLS types. */
|
| 1127 |
|
|
size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
| 1128 |
|
|
local_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
|
| 1129 |
|
|
if (local_refcounts == NULL)
|
| 1130 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 1131 |
|
|
elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_refcounts;
|
| 1132 |
|
|
memset (hppa_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd), GOT_UNKNOWN,
|
| 1133 |
|
|
symtab_hdr->sh_info);
|
| 1134 |
|
|
}
|
| 1135 |
|
|
return local_refcounts;
|
| 1136 |
|
|
}
|
| 1137 |
|
|
|
| 1138 |
|
|
|
| 1139 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
|
| 1140 |
|
|
calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure linkage
|
| 1141 |
|
|
table, and dynamic reloc sections. At this point we haven't
|
| 1142 |
|
|
necessarily read all the input files. */
|
| 1143 |
|
|
|
| 1144 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 1145 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
|
| 1146 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 1147 |
|
|
asection *sec,
|
| 1148 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
|
| 1149 |
|
|
{
|
| 1150 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
| 1151 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **eh_syms;
|
| 1152 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela;
|
| 1153 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela_end;
|
| 1154 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 1155 |
|
|
asection *sreloc;
|
| 1156 |
|
|
asection *stubreloc;
|
| 1157 |
|
|
int tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN, old_tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
|
| 1158 |
|
|
|
| 1159 |
|
|
if (info->relocatable)
|
| 1160 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 1161 |
|
|
|
| 1162 |
|
|
htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
|
| 1163 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
| 1164 |
|
|
eh_syms = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
|
| 1165 |
|
|
sreloc = NULL;
|
| 1166 |
|
|
stubreloc = NULL;
|
| 1167 |
|
|
|
| 1168 |
|
|
rela_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
|
| 1169 |
|
|
for (rela = relocs; rela < rela_end; rela++)
|
| 1170 |
|
|
{
|
| 1171 |
|
|
enum {
|
| 1172 |
|
|
NEED_GOT = 1,
|
| 1173 |
|
|
NEED_PLT = 2,
|
| 1174 |
|
|
NEED_DYNREL = 4,
|
| 1175 |
|
|
PLT_PLABEL = 8
|
| 1176 |
|
|
};
|
| 1177 |
|
|
|
| 1178 |
|
|
unsigned int r_symndx, r_type;
|
| 1179 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
|
| 1180 |
|
|
int need_entry = 0;
|
| 1181 |
|
|
|
| 1182 |
|
|
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rela->r_info);
|
| 1183 |
|
|
|
| 1184 |
|
|
if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
| 1185 |
|
|
hh = NULL;
|
| 1186 |
|
|
else
|
| 1187 |
|
|
{
|
| 1188 |
|
|
hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh_syms[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]);
|
| 1189 |
|
|
while (hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
| 1190 |
|
|
|| hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
| 1191 |
|
|
hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (hh->eh.root.u.i.link);
|
| 1192 |
|
|
}
|
| 1193 |
|
|
|
| 1194 |
|
|
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info);
|
| 1195 |
|
|
r_type = elf32_hppa_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, hh == NULL);
|
| 1196 |
|
|
|
| 1197 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
| 1198 |
|
|
{
|
| 1199 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DLTIND14F:
|
| 1200 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DLTIND14R:
|
| 1201 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DLTIND21L:
|
| 1202 |
|
|
/* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
|
| 1203 |
|
|
need_entry = NEED_GOT;
|
| 1204 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1205 |
|
|
|
| 1206 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R: /* "Official" procedure labels. */
|
| 1207 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
|
| 1208 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
|
| 1209 |
|
|
/* If the addend is non-zero, we break badly. */
|
| 1210 |
|
|
if (rela->r_addend != 0)
|
| 1211 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 1212 |
|
|
|
| 1213 |
|
|
/* If we are creating a shared library, then we need to
|
| 1214 |
|
|
create a PLT entry for all PLABELs, because PLABELs with
|
| 1215 |
|
|
local symbols may be passed via a pointer to another
|
| 1216 |
|
|
object. Additionally, output a dynamic relocation
|
| 1217 |
|
|
pointing to the PLT entry.
|
| 1218 |
|
|
|
| 1219 |
|
|
For executables, the original 32-bit ABI allowed two
|
| 1220 |
|
|
different styles of PLABELs (function pointers): For
|
| 1221 |
|
|
global functions, the PLABEL word points into the .plt
|
| 1222 |
|
|
two bytes past a (function address, gp) pair, and for
|
| 1223 |
|
|
local functions the PLABEL points directly at the
|
| 1224 |
|
|
function. The magic +2 for the first type allows us to
|
| 1225 |
|
|
differentiate between the two. As you can imagine, this
|
| 1226 |
|
|
is a real pain when it comes to generating code to call
|
| 1227 |
|
|
functions indirectly or to compare function pointers.
|
| 1228 |
|
|
We avoid the mess by always pointing a PLABEL into the
|
| 1229 |
|
|
.plt, even for local functions. */
|
| 1230 |
|
|
need_entry = PLT_PLABEL | NEED_PLT | NEED_DYNREL;
|
| 1231 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1232 |
|
|
|
| 1233 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL12F:
|
| 1234 |
|
|
htab->has_12bit_branch = 1;
|
| 1235 |
|
|
goto branch_common;
|
| 1236 |
|
|
|
| 1237 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
|
| 1238 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
|
| 1239 |
|
|
htab->has_17bit_branch = 1;
|
| 1240 |
|
|
goto branch_common;
|
| 1241 |
|
|
|
| 1242 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL22F:
|
| 1243 |
|
|
htab->has_22bit_branch = 1;
|
| 1244 |
|
|
branch_common:
|
| 1245 |
|
|
/* Function calls might need to go through the .plt, and
|
| 1246 |
|
|
might require long branch stubs. */
|
| 1247 |
|
|
if (hh == NULL)
|
| 1248 |
|
|
{
|
| 1249 |
|
|
/* We know local syms won't need a .plt entry, and if
|
| 1250 |
|
|
they need a long branch stub we can't guarantee that
|
| 1251 |
|
|
we can reach the stub. So just flag an error later
|
| 1252 |
|
|
if we're doing a shared link and find we need a long
|
| 1253 |
|
|
branch stub. */
|
| 1254 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 1255 |
|
|
}
|
| 1256 |
|
|
else
|
| 1257 |
|
|
{
|
| 1258 |
|
|
/* Global symbols will need a .plt entry if they remain
|
| 1259 |
|
|
global, and in most cases won't need a long branch
|
| 1260 |
|
|
stub. Unfortunately, we have to cater for the case
|
| 1261 |
|
|
where a symbol is forced local by versioning, or due
|
| 1262 |
|
|
to symbolic linking, and we lose the .plt entry. */
|
| 1263 |
|
|
need_entry = NEED_PLT;
|
| 1264 |
|
|
if (hh->eh.type == STT_PARISC_MILLI)
|
| 1265 |
|
|
need_entry = 0;
|
| 1266 |
|
|
}
|
| 1267 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1268 |
|
|
|
| 1269 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_SEGBASE: /* Used to set segment base. */
|
| 1270 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_SEGREL32: /* Relative reloc, used for unwind. */
|
| 1271 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL14F: /* PC relative load/store. */
|
| 1272 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL14R:
|
| 1273 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL17R: /* External branches. */
|
| 1274 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL21L: /* As above, and for load/store too. */
|
| 1275 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL32:
|
| 1276 |
|
|
/* We don't need to propagate the relocation if linking a
|
| 1277 |
|
|
shared object since these are section relative. */
|
| 1278 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 1279 |
|
|
|
| 1280 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DPREL14F: /* Used for gp rel data load/store. */
|
| 1281 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
|
| 1282 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
|
| 1283 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
| 1284 |
|
|
{
|
| 1285 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| 1286 |
|
|
(_("%B: relocation %s can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
|
| 1287 |
|
|
abfd,
|
| 1288 |
|
|
elf_hppa_howto_table[r_type].name);
|
| 1289 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
| 1290 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1291 |
|
|
}
|
| 1292 |
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
| 1293 |
|
|
|
| 1294 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DIR17F: /* Used for external branches. */
|
| 1295 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
|
| 1296 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DIR14F: /* Used for load/store from absolute locn. */
|
| 1297 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
|
| 1298 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DIR21L: /* As above, and for ext branches too. */
|
| 1299 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DIR32: /* .word relocs. */
|
| 1300 |
|
|
/* We may want to output a dynamic relocation later. */
|
| 1301 |
|
|
need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
|
| 1302 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1303 |
|
|
|
| 1304 |
|
|
/* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
|
| 1305 |
|
|
Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
|
| 1306 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
|
| 1307 |
|
|
if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, &hh->eh, rela->r_offset))
|
| 1308 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1309 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 1310 |
|
|
|
| 1311 |
|
|
/* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
|
| 1312 |
|
|
used. Record for later use during GC. */
|
| 1313 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
|
| 1314 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (hh != NULL);
|
| 1315 |
|
|
if (hh != NULL
|
| 1316 |
|
|
&& !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, &hh->eh, rela->r_addend))
|
| 1317 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1318 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 1319 |
|
|
|
| 1320 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
|
| 1321 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
|
| 1322 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
|
| 1323 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
|
| 1324 |
|
|
need_entry = NEED_GOT;
|
| 1325 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1326 |
|
|
|
| 1327 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
|
| 1328 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
|
| 1329 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
| 1330 |
|
|
info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
|
| 1331 |
|
|
need_entry = NEED_GOT;
|
| 1332 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1333 |
|
|
|
| 1334 |
|
|
default:
|
| 1335 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 1336 |
|
|
}
|
| 1337 |
|
|
|
| 1338 |
|
|
/* Now carry out our orders. */
|
| 1339 |
|
|
if (need_entry & NEED_GOT)
|
| 1340 |
|
|
{
|
| 1341 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
| 1342 |
|
|
{
|
| 1343 |
|
|
default:
|
| 1344 |
|
|
tls_type = GOT_NORMAL;
|
| 1345 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1346 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
|
| 1347 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
|
| 1348 |
|
|
tls_type |= GOT_TLS_GD;
|
| 1349 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1350 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
|
| 1351 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
|
| 1352 |
|
|
tls_type |= GOT_TLS_LDM;
|
| 1353 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1354 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
|
| 1355 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
|
| 1356 |
|
|
tls_type |= GOT_TLS_IE;
|
| 1357 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1358 |
|
|
}
|
| 1359 |
|
|
|
| 1360 |
|
|
/* Allocate space for a GOT entry, as well as a dynamic
|
| 1361 |
|
|
relocation for this entry. */
|
| 1362 |
|
|
if (htab->sgot == NULL)
|
| 1363 |
|
|
{
|
| 1364 |
|
|
if (htab->etab.dynobj == NULL)
|
| 1365 |
|
|
htab->etab.dynobj = abfd;
|
| 1366 |
|
|
if (!elf32_hppa_create_dynamic_sections (htab->etab.dynobj, info))
|
| 1367 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1368 |
|
|
}
|
| 1369 |
|
|
|
| 1370 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L
|
| 1371 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R)
|
| 1372 |
|
|
hppa_link_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
|
| 1373 |
|
|
else
|
| 1374 |
|
|
{
|
| 1375 |
|
|
if (hh != NULL)
|
| 1376 |
|
|
{
|
| 1377 |
|
|
hh->eh.got.refcount += 1;
|
| 1378 |
|
|
old_tls_type = hh->tls_type;
|
| 1379 |
|
|
}
|
| 1380 |
|
|
else
|
| 1381 |
|
|
{
|
| 1382 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
|
| 1383 |
|
|
|
| 1384 |
|
|
/* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
|
| 1385 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
local_got_refcounts = hppa32_elf_local_refcounts (abfd);
|
| 1386 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
|
| 1387 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
return FALSE;
|
| 1388 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
|
| 1389 |
|
|
|
| 1390 |
|
|
old_tls_type = hppa_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
|
| 1391 |
|
|
}
|
| 1392 |
|
|
|
| 1393 |
|
|
tls_type |= old_tls_type;
|
| 1394 |
|
|
|
| 1395 |
|
|
if (old_tls_type != tls_type)
|
| 1396 |
|
|
{
|
| 1397 |
|
|
if (hh != NULL)
|
| 1398 |
|
|
hh->tls_type = tls_type;
|
| 1399 |
|
|
else
|
| 1400 |
|
|
hppa_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = tls_type;
|
| 1401 |
|
|
}
|
| 1402 |
|
|
|
| 1403 |
|
|
}
|
| 1404 |
|
|
}
|
| 1405 |
|
|
|
| 1406 |
|
|
if (need_entry & NEED_PLT)
|
| 1407 |
|
|
{
|
| 1408 |
|
|
/* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
|
| 1409 |
|
|
against a weak symbol or a global symbol in a dynamic
|
| 1410 |
|
|
object, then we will be creating an import stub and a
|
| 1411 |
|
|
.plt entry for the symbol. Similarly, on a normal link
|
| 1412 |
|
|
to symbols defined in a dynamic object we'll need the
|
| 1413 |
|
|
import stub and a .plt entry. We don't know yet whether
|
| 1414 |
|
|
the symbol is defined or not, so make an entry anyway and
|
| 1415 |
|
|
clean up later in adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
|
| 1416 |
|
|
if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
| 1417 |
|
|
{
|
| 1418 |
|
|
if (hh != NULL)
|
| 1419 |
|
|
{
|
| 1420 |
|
|
hh->eh.needs_plt = 1;
|
| 1421 |
|
|
hh->eh.plt.refcount += 1;
|
| 1422 |
|
|
|
| 1423 |
|
|
/* If this .plt entry is for a plabel, mark it so
|
| 1424 |
|
|
that adjust_dynamic_symbol will keep the entry
|
| 1425 |
|
|
even if it appears to be local. */
|
| 1426 |
|
|
if (need_entry & PLT_PLABEL)
|
| 1427 |
|
|
hh->plabel = 1;
|
| 1428 |
|
|
}
|
| 1429 |
|
|
else if (need_entry & PLT_PLABEL)
|
| 1430 |
|
|
{
|
| 1431 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
|
| 1432 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma *local_plt_refcounts;
|
| 1433 |
|
|
|
| 1434 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
local_got_refcounts = hppa32_elf_local_refcounts (abfd);
|
| 1435 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
|
| 1436 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
return FALSE;
|
| 1437 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
local_plt_refcounts = (local_got_refcounts
|
| 1438 |
|
|
+ symtab_hdr->sh_info);
|
| 1439 |
|
|
local_plt_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
|
| 1440 |
|
|
}
|
| 1441 |
|
|
}
|
| 1442 |
|
|
}
|
| 1443 |
|
|
|
| 1444 |
|
|
if (need_entry & NEED_DYNREL)
|
| 1445 |
|
|
{
|
| 1446 |
|
|
/* Flag this symbol as having a non-got, non-plt reference
|
| 1447 |
|
|
so that we generate copy relocs if it turns out to be
|
| 1448 |
|
|
dynamic. */
|
| 1449 |
|
|
if (hh != NULL && !info->shared)
|
| 1450 |
|
|
hh->eh.non_got_ref = 1;
|
| 1451 |
|
|
|
| 1452 |
|
|
/* If we are creating a shared library then we need to copy
|
| 1453 |
|
|
the reloc into the shared library. However, if we are
|
| 1454 |
|
|
linking with -Bsymbolic, we need only copy absolute
|
| 1455 |
|
|
relocs or relocs against symbols that are not defined in
|
| 1456 |
|
|
an object we are including in the link. PC- or DP- or
|
| 1457 |
|
|
DLT-relative relocs against any local sym or global sym
|
| 1458 |
|
|
with DEF_REGULAR set, can be discarded. At this point we
|
| 1459 |
|
|
have not seen all the input files, so it is possible that
|
| 1460 |
|
|
DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set later (it is
|
| 1461 |
|
|
never cleared). We account for that possibility below by
|
| 1462 |
|
|
storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the
|
| 1463 |
|
|
hash table entry.
|
| 1464 |
|
|
|
| 1465 |
|
|
A similar situation to the -Bsymbolic case occurs when
|
| 1466 |
|
|
creating shared libraries and symbol visibility changes
|
| 1467 |
|
|
render the symbol local.
|
| 1468 |
|
|
|
| 1469 |
|
|
As it turns out, all the relocs we will be creating here
|
| 1470 |
|
|
are absolute, so we cannot remove them on -Bsymbolic
|
| 1471 |
|
|
links or visibility changes anyway. A STUB_REL reloc
|
| 1472 |
|
|
is absolute too, as in that case it is the reloc in the
|
| 1473 |
|
|
stub we will be creating, rather than copying the PCREL
|
| 1474 |
|
|
reloc in the branch.
|
| 1475 |
|
|
|
| 1476 |
|
|
If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
|
| 1477 |
|
|
may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
|
| 1478 |
|
|
dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
|
| 1479 |
|
|
symbol. */
|
| 1480 |
|
|
if ((info->shared
|
| 1481 |
|
|
&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
| 1482 |
|
|
&& (IS_ABSOLUTE_RELOC (r_type)
|
| 1483 |
|
|
|| (hh != NULL
|
| 1484 |
|
|
&& (!info->symbolic
|
| 1485 |
|
|
|| hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
|
| 1486 |
|
|
|| !hh->eh.def_regular))))
|
| 1487 |
|
|
|| (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
|
| 1488 |
|
|
&& !info->shared
|
| 1489 |
|
|
&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
| 1490 |
|
|
&& hh != NULL
|
| 1491 |
|
|
&& (hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
|
| 1492 |
|
|
|| !hh->eh.def_regular)))
|
| 1493 |
|
|
{
|
| 1494 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry *hdh_p;
|
| 1495 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry **hdh_head;
|
| 1496 |
|
|
|
| 1497 |
|
|
/* Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for
|
| 1498 |
|
|
this reloc. */
|
| 1499 |
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
| 1500 |
|
|
{
|
| 1501 |
|
|
if (htab->etab.dynobj == NULL)
|
| 1502 |
|
|
htab->etab.dynobj = abfd;
|
| 1503 |
|
|
|
| 1504 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
|
| 1505 |
|
|
(sec, htab->etab.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
|
| 1506 |
|
|
|
| 1507 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
| 1508 |
|
|
{
|
| 1509 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
| 1510 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1511 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
}
|
| 1512 |
|
|
}
|
| 1513 |
|
|
|
| 1514 |
|
|
/* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
|
| 1515 |
|
|
relocations we need for this symbol. */
|
| 1516 |
|
|
if (hh != NULL)
|
| 1517 |
|
|
{
|
| 1518 |
|
|
hdh_head = &hh->dyn_relocs;
|
| 1519 |
|
|
}
|
| 1520 |
|
|
else
|
| 1521 |
|
|
{
|
| 1522 |
|
|
/* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
|
| 1523 |
|
|
We really need local syms available to do this
|
| 1524 |
|
|
easily. Oh well. */
|
| 1525 |
|
|
asection *sr;
|
| 1526 |
|
|
void *vpp;
|
| 1527 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
|
| 1528 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
|
| 1529 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
|
| 1530 |
|
|
abfd, r_symndx);
|
| 1531 |
|
|
if (isym == NULL)
|
| 1532 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
return FALSE;
|
| 1533 |
|
|
|
| 1534 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
sr = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
|
| 1535 |
|
|
if (sr == NULL)
|
| 1536 |
|
|
sr = sec;
|
| 1537 |
|
|
|
| 1538 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
vpp = &elf_section_data (sr)->local_dynrel;
|
| 1539 |
|
|
hdh_head = (struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry **) vpp;
|
| 1540 |
|
|
}
|
| 1541 |
|
|
|
| 1542 |
|
|
hdh_p = *hdh_head;
|
| 1543 |
|
|
if (hdh_p == NULL || hdh_p->sec != sec)
|
| 1544 |
|
|
{
|
| 1545 |
|
|
hdh_p = bfd_alloc (htab->etab.dynobj, sizeof *hdh_p);
|
| 1546 |
|
|
if (hdh_p == NULL)
|
| 1547 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1548 |
|
|
hdh_p->hdh_next = *hdh_head;
|
| 1549 |
|
|
*hdh_head = hdh_p;
|
| 1550 |
|
|
hdh_p->sec = sec;
|
| 1551 |
|
|
hdh_p->count = 0;
|
| 1552 |
|
|
#if RELATIVE_DYNRELOCS
|
| 1553 |
|
|
hdh_p->relative_count = 0;
|
| 1554 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1555 |
|
|
}
|
| 1556 |
|
|
|
| 1557 |
|
|
hdh_p->count += 1;
|
| 1558 |
|
|
#if RELATIVE_DYNRELOCS
|
| 1559 |
|
|
if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_RELOC (rtype))
|
| 1560 |
|
|
hdh_p->relative_count += 1;
|
| 1561 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1562 |
|
|
}
|
| 1563 |
|
|
}
|
| 1564 |
|
|
}
|
| 1565 |
|
|
|
| 1566 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 1567 |
|
|
}
|
| 1568 |
|
|
|
| 1569 |
|
|
/* Return the section that should be marked against garbage collection
|
| 1570 |
|
|
for a given relocation. */
|
| 1571 |
|
|
|
| 1572 |
|
|
static asection *
|
| 1573 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
|
| 1574 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 1575 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *rela,
|
| 1576 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *hh,
|
| 1577 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
|
| 1578 |
|
|
{
|
| 1579 |
|
|
if (hh != NULL)
|
| 1580 |
|
|
switch ((unsigned int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
|
| 1581 |
|
|
{
|
| 1582 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
|
| 1583 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
|
| 1584 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 1585 |
|
|
}
|
| 1586 |
|
|
|
| 1587 |
|
|
return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rela, hh, sym);
|
| 1588 |
|
|
}
|
| 1589 |
|
|
|
| 1590 |
|
|
/* Update the got and plt entry reference counts for the section being
|
| 1591 |
|
|
removed. */
|
| 1592 |
|
|
|
| 1593 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 1594 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd,
|
| 1595 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 1596 |
|
|
asection *sec,
|
| 1597 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
|
| 1598 |
|
|
{
|
| 1599 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
| 1600 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **eh_syms;
|
| 1601 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
|
| 1602 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma *local_plt_refcounts;
|
| 1603 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela, *relend;
|
| 1604 |
|
|
|
| 1605 |
|
|
if (info->relocatable)
|
| 1606 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 1607 |
|
|
|
| 1608 |
|
|
elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
|
| 1609 |
|
|
|
| 1610 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
| 1611 |
|
|
eh_syms = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
|
| 1612 |
|
|
local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
|
| 1613 |
|
|
local_plt_refcounts = local_got_refcounts;
|
| 1614 |
|
|
if (local_plt_refcounts != NULL)
|
| 1615 |
|
|
local_plt_refcounts += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
| 1616 |
|
|
|
| 1617 |
|
|
relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
|
| 1618 |
|
|
for (rela = relocs; rela < relend; rela++)
|
| 1619 |
|
|
{
|
| 1620 |
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
| 1621 |
|
|
unsigned int r_type;
|
| 1622 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh = NULL;
|
| 1623 |
|
|
|
| 1624 |
|
|
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rela->r_info);
|
| 1625 |
|
|
if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
| 1626 |
|
|
{
|
| 1627 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
|
| 1628 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry **hdh_pp;
|
| 1629 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry *hdh_p;
|
| 1630 |
|
|
|
| 1631 |
|
|
eh = eh_syms[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
|
| 1632 |
|
|
while (eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
| 1633 |
|
|
|| eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
| 1634 |
|
|
eh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) eh->root.u.i.link;
|
| 1635 |
|
|
hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh);
|
| 1636 |
|
|
|
| 1637 |
|
|
for (hdh_pp = &hh->dyn_relocs; (hdh_p = *hdh_pp) != NULL; hdh_pp = &hdh_p->hdh_next)
|
| 1638 |
|
|
if (hdh_p->sec == sec)
|
| 1639 |
|
|
{
|
| 1640 |
|
|
/* Everything must go for SEC. */
|
| 1641 |
|
|
*hdh_pp = hdh_p->hdh_next;
|
| 1642 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1643 |
|
|
}
|
| 1644 |
|
|
}
|
| 1645 |
|
|
|
| 1646 |
|
|
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info);
|
| 1647 |
|
|
r_type = elf32_hppa_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, eh != NULL);
|
| 1648 |
|
|
|
| 1649 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
| 1650 |
|
|
{
|
| 1651 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DLTIND14F:
|
| 1652 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DLTIND14R:
|
| 1653 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DLTIND21L:
|
| 1654 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
|
| 1655 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
|
| 1656 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
|
| 1657 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
|
| 1658 |
|
|
if (eh != NULL)
|
| 1659 |
|
|
{
|
| 1660 |
|
|
if (eh->got.refcount > 0)
|
| 1661 |
|
|
eh->got.refcount -= 1;
|
| 1662 |
|
|
}
|
| 1663 |
|
|
else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
|
| 1664 |
|
|
{
|
| 1665 |
|
|
if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
|
| 1666 |
|
|
local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
|
| 1667 |
|
|
}
|
| 1668 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1669 |
|
|
|
| 1670 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
|
| 1671 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
|
| 1672 |
|
|
hppa_link_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
|
| 1673 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1674 |
|
|
|
| 1675 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL12F:
|
| 1676 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
|
| 1677 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
|
| 1678 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL22F:
|
| 1679 |
|
|
if (eh != NULL)
|
| 1680 |
|
|
{
|
| 1681 |
|
|
if (eh->plt.refcount > 0)
|
| 1682 |
|
|
eh->plt.refcount -= 1;
|
| 1683 |
|
|
}
|
| 1684 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1685 |
|
|
|
| 1686 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
|
| 1687 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
|
| 1688 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
|
| 1689 |
|
|
if (eh != NULL)
|
| 1690 |
|
|
{
|
| 1691 |
|
|
if (eh->plt.refcount > 0)
|
| 1692 |
|
|
eh->plt.refcount -= 1;
|
| 1693 |
|
|
}
|
| 1694 |
|
|
else if (local_plt_refcounts != NULL)
|
| 1695 |
|
|
{
|
| 1696 |
|
|
if (local_plt_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
|
| 1697 |
|
|
local_plt_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
|
| 1698 |
|
|
}
|
| 1699 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1700 |
|
|
|
| 1701 |
|
|
default:
|
| 1702 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1703 |
|
|
}
|
| 1704 |
|
|
}
|
| 1705 |
|
|
|
| 1706 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 1707 |
|
|
}
|
| 1708 |
|
|
|
| 1709 |
|
|
/* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
|
| 1710 |
|
|
|
| 1711 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 1712 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
| 1713 |
|
|
{
|
| 1714 |
|
|
int offset;
|
| 1715 |
|
|
size_t size;
|
| 1716 |
|
|
|
| 1717 |
|
|
switch (note->descsz)
|
| 1718 |
|
|
{
|
| 1719 |
|
|
default:
|
| 1720 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1721 |
|
|
|
| 1722 |
|
|
case 396: /* Linux/hppa */
|
| 1723 |
|
|
/* pr_cursig */
|
| 1724 |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
|
| 1725 |
|
|
|
| 1726 |
|
|
/* pr_pid */
|
| 1727 |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
|
| 1728 |
|
|
|
| 1729 |
|
|
/* pr_reg */
|
| 1730 |
|
|
offset = 72;
|
| 1731 |
|
|
size = 320;
|
| 1732 |
|
|
|
| 1733 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1734 |
|
|
}
|
| 1735 |
|
|
|
| 1736 |
|
|
/* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
|
| 1737 |
|
|
return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
|
| 1738 |
|
|
size, note->descpos + offset);
|
| 1739 |
|
|
}
|
| 1740 |
|
|
|
| 1741 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 1742 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
| 1743 |
|
|
{
|
| 1744 |
|
|
switch (note->descsz)
|
| 1745 |
|
|
{
|
| 1746 |
|
|
default:
|
| 1747 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1748 |
|
|
|
| 1749 |
|
|
case 124: /* Linux/hppa elf_prpsinfo. */
|
| 1750 |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
|
| 1751 |
|
|
= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
|
| 1752 |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
|
| 1753 |
|
|
= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
|
| 1754 |
|
|
}
|
| 1755 |
|
|
|
| 1756 |
|
|
/* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
|
| 1757 |
|
|
onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
|
| 1758 |
|
|
implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
|
| 1759 |
|
|
{
|
| 1760 |
|
|
char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
|
| 1761 |
|
|
int n = strlen (command);
|
| 1762 |
|
|
|
| 1763 |
|
|
if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
|
| 1764 |
|
|
command[n - 1] = '\0';
|
| 1765 |
|
|
}
|
| 1766 |
|
|
|
| 1767 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 1768 |
|
|
}
|
| 1769 |
|
|
|
| 1770 |
|
|
/* Our own version of hide_symbol, so that we can keep plt entries for
|
| 1771 |
|
|
plabels. */
|
| 1772 |
|
|
|
| 1773 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1774 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 1775 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh,
|
| 1776 |
|
|
bfd_boolean force_local)
|
| 1777 |
|
|
{
|
| 1778 |
|
|
if (force_local)
|
| 1779 |
|
|
{
|
| 1780 |
|
|
eh->forced_local = 1;
|
| 1781 |
|
|
if (eh->dynindx != -1)
|
| 1782 |
|
|
{
|
| 1783 |
|
|
eh->dynindx = -1;
|
| 1784 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
|
| 1785 |
|
|
eh->dynstr_index);
|
| 1786 |
|
|
}
|
| 1787 |
|
|
}
|
| 1788 |
|
|
|
| 1789 |
|
|
if (! hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh)->plabel)
|
| 1790 |
|
|
{
|
| 1791 |
|
|
eh->needs_plt = 0;
|
| 1792 |
|
|
eh->plt = elf_hash_table (info)->init_plt_refcount;
|
| 1793 |
|
|
}
|
| 1794 |
|
|
}
|
| 1795 |
|
|
|
| 1796 |
|
|
/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
|
| 1797 |
|
|
regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
|
| 1798 |
|
|
dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
|
| 1799 |
|
|
change the definition to something the rest of the link can
|
| 1800 |
|
|
understand. */
|
| 1801 |
|
|
|
| 1802 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 1803 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 1804 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh)
|
| 1805 |
|
|
{
|
| 1806 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 1807 |
|
|
asection *sec;
|
| 1808 |
|
|
|
| 1809 |
|
|
/* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We
|
| 1810 |
|
|
will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later. */
|
| 1811 |
|
|
if (eh->type == STT_FUNC
|
| 1812 |
|
|
|| eh->needs_plt)
|
| 1813 |
|
|
{
|
| 1814 |
|
|
if (eh->plt.refcount <= 0
|
| 1815 |
|
|
|| (eh->def_regular
|
| 1816 |
|
|
&& eh->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak
|
| 1817 |
|
|
&& ! hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh)->plabel
|
| 1818 |
|
|
&& (!info->shared || info->symbolic)))
|
| 1819 |
|
|
{
|
| 1820 |
|
|
/* The .plt entry is not needed when:
|
| 1821 |
|
|
a) Garbage collection has removed all references to the
|
| 1822 |
|
|
symbol, or
|
| 1823 |
|
|
b) We know for certain the symbol is defined in this
|
| 1824 |
|
|
object, and it's not a weak definition, nor is the symbol
|
| 1825 |
|
|
used by a plabel relocation. Either this object is the
|
| 1826 |
|
|
application or we are doing a shared symbolic link. */
|
| 1827 |
|
|
|
| 1828 |
|
|
eh->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
| 1829 |
|
|
eh->needs_plt = 0;
|
| 1830 |
|
|
}
|
| 1831 |
|
|
|
| 1832 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 1833 |
|
|
}
|
| 1834 |
|
|
else
|
| 1835 |
|
|
eh->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
| 1836 |
|
|
|
| 1837 |
|
|
/* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
|
| 1838 |
|
|
processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
|
| 1839 |
|
|
real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
|
| 1840 |
|
|
if (eh->u.weakdef != NULL)
|
| 1841 |
|
|
{
|
| 1842 |
|
|
if (eh->u.weakdef->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
|
| 1843 |
|
|
&& eh->u.weakdef->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
|
| 1844 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 1845 |
|
|
eh->root.u.def.section = eh->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
|
| 1846 |
|
|
eh->root.u.def.value = eh->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
|
| 1847 |
|
|
if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
|
| 1848 |
|
|
eh->non_got_ref = eh->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
|
| 1849 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 1850 |
|
|
}
|
| 1851 |
|
|
|
| 1852 |
|
|
/* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
|
| 1853 |
|
|
is not a function. */
|
| 1854 |
|
|
|
| 1855 |
|
|
/* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
|
| 1856 |
|
|
only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
|
| 1857 |
|
|
For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
|
| 1858 |
|
|
be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
|
| 1859 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
| 1860 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 1861 |
|
|
|
| 1862 |
|
|
/* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
|
| 1863 |
|
|
GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
|
| 1864 |
|
|
if (!eh->non_got_ref)
|
| 1865 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 1866 |
|
|
|
| 1867 |
|
|
if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
|
| 1868 |
|
|
{
|
| 1869 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
|
| 1870 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry *hdh_p;
|
| 1871 |
|
|
|
| 1872 |
|
|
hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh);
|
| 1873 |
|
|
for (hdh_p = hh->dyn_relocs; hdh_p != NULL; hdh_p = hdh_p->hdh_next)
|
| 1874 |
|
|
{
|
| 1875 |
|
|
sec = hdh_p->sec->output_section;
|
| 1876 |
|
|
if (sec != NULL && (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
|
| 1877 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1878 |
|
|
}
|
| 1879 |
|
|
|
| 1880 |
|
|
/* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
|
| 1881 |
|
|
we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. */
|
| 1882 |
|
|
if (hdh_p == NULL)
|
| 1883 |
|
|
{
|
| 1884 |
|
|
eh->non_got_ref = 0;
|
| 1885 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 1886 |
|
|
}
|
| 1887 |
|
|
}
|
| 1888 |
|
|
|
| 1889 |
|
|
if (eh->size == 0)
|
| 1890 |
|
|
{
|
| 1891 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("dynamic variable `%s' is zero size"),
|
| 1892 |
|
|
eh->root.root.string);
|
| 1893 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 1894 |
|
|
}
|
| 1895 |
|
|
|
| 1896 |
|
|
/* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
|
| 1897 |
|
|
become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
|
| 1898 |
|
|
an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
|
| 1899 |
|
|
object will contain position independent code, so all references
|
| 1900 |
|
|
from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
|
| 1901 |
|
|
offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
|
| 1902 |
|
|
determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
|
| 1903 |
|
|
both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
|
| 1904 |
|
|
same memory location for the variable. */
|
| 1905 |
|
|
|
| 1906 |
|
|
htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
|
| 1907 |
|
|
|
| 1908 |
|
|
/* We must generate a COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
|
| 1909 |
|
|
copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
|
| 1910 |
|
|
runtime process image. */
|
| 1911 |
|
|
if ((eh->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
| 1912 |
|
|
{
|
| 1913 |
|
|
htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 1914 |
|
|
eh->needs_copy = 1;
|
| 1915 |
|
|
}
|
| 1916 |
|
|
|
| 1917 |
|
|
sec = htab->sdynbss;
|
| 1918 |
|
|
|
| 1919 |
|
|
return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (eh, sec);
|
| 1920 |
|
|
}
|
| 1921 |
|
|
|
| 1922 |
|
|
/* Allocate space in the .plt for entries that won't have relocations.
|
| 1923 |
|
|
ie. plabel entries. */
|
| 1924 |
|
|
|
| 1925 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 1926 |
|
|
allocate_plt_static (struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh, void *inf)
|
| 1927 |
|
|
{
|
| 1928 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
| 1929 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 1930 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
|
| 1931 |
|
|
asection *sec;
|
| 1932 |
|
|
|
| 1933 |
|
|
if (eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
|
| 1934 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 1935 |
|
|
|
| 1936 |
|
|
if (eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
| 1937 |
|
|
eh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) eh->root.u.i.link;
|
| 1938 |
|
|
|
| 1939 |
|
|
info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
|
| 1940 |
|
|
hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh);
|
| 1941 |
|
|
htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
|
| 1942 |
|
|
if (htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created
|
| 1943 |
|
|
&& eh->plt.refcount > 0)
|
| 1944 |
|
|
{
|
| 1945 |
|
|
/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
|
| 1946 |
|
|
Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
|
| 1947 |
|
|
if (eh->dynindx == -1
|
| 1948 |
|
|
&& !eh->forced_local
|
| 1949 |
|
|
&& eh->type != STT_PARISC_MILLI)
|
| 1950 |
|
|
{
|
| 1951 |
|
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, eh))
|
| 1952 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1953 |
|
|
}
|
| 1954 |
|
|
|
| 1955 |
|
|
if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, info->shared, eh))
|
| 1956 |
|
|
{
|
| 1957 |
|
|
/* Allocate these later. From this point on, h->plabel
|
| 1958 |
|
|
means that the plt entry is only used by a plabel.
|
| 1959 |
|
|
We'll be using a normal plt entry for this symbol, so
|
| 1960 |
|
|
clear the plabel indicator. */
|
| 1961 |
|
|
|
| 1962 |
|
|
hh->plabel = 0;
|
| 1963 |
|
|
}
|
| 1964 |
|
|
else if (hh->plabel)
|
| 1965 |
|
|
{
|
| 1966 |
|
|
/* Make an entry in the .plt section for plabel references
|
| 1967 |
|
|
that won't have a .plt entry for other reasons. */
|
| 1968 |
|
|
sec = htab->splt;
|
| 1969 |
|
|
eh->plt.offset = sec->size;
|
| 1970 |
|
|
sec->size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
|
| 1971 |
|
|
}
|
| 1972 |
|
|
else
|
| 1973 |
|
|
{
|
| 1974 |
|
|
/* No .plt entry needed. */
|
| 1975 |
|
|
eh->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
| 1976 |
|
|
eh->needs_plt = 0;
|
| 1977 |
|
|
}
|
| 1978 |
|
|
}
|
| 1979 |
|
|
else
|
| 1980 |
|
|
{
|
| 1981 |
|
|
eh->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
| 1982 |
|
|
eh->needs_plt = 0;
|
| 1983 |
|
|
}
|
| 1984 |
|
|
|
| 1985 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 1986 |
|
|
}
|
| 1987 |
|
|
|
| 1988 |
|
|
/* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
|
| 1989 |
|
|
global syms. */
|
| 1990 |
|
|
|
| 1991 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 1992 |
|
|
allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh, void *inf)
|
| 1993 |
|
|
{
|
| 1994 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
| 1995 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 1996 |
|
|
asection *sec;
|
| 1997 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
|
| 1998 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry *hdh_p;
|
| 1999 |
|
|
|
| 2000 |
|
|
if (eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
|
| 2001 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 2002 |
|
|
|
| 2003 |
|
|
if (eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
| 2004 |
|
|
eh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) eh->root.u.i.link;
|
| 2005 |
|
|
|
| 2006 |
|
|
info = inf;
|
| 2007 |
|
|
htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
|
| 2008 |
|
|
hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh);
|
| 2009 |
|
|
|
| 2010 |
|
|
if (htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created
|
| 2011 |
|
|
&& eh->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
|
| 2012 |
|
|
&& !hh->plabel
|
| 2013 |
|
|
&& eh->plt.refcount > 0)
|
| 2014 |
|
|
{
|
| 2015 |
|
|
/* Make an entry in the .plt section. */
|
| 2016 |
|
|
sec = htab->splt;
|
| 2017 |
|
|
eh->plt.offset = sec->size;
|
| 2018 |
|
|
sec->size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
|
| 2019 |
|
|
|
| 2020 |
|
|
/* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
|
| 2021 |
|
|
htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 2022 |
|
|
htab->need_plt_stub = 1;
|
| 2023 |
|
|
}
|
| 2024 |
|
|
|
| 2025 |
|
|
if (eh->got.refcount > 0)
|
| 2026 |
|
|
{
|
| 2027 |
|
|
/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
|
| 2028 |
|
|
Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
|
| 2029 |
|
|
if (eh->dynindx == -1
|
| 2030 |
|
|
&& !eh->forced_local
|
| 2031 |
|
|
&& eh->type != STT_PARISC_MILLI)
|
| 2032 |
|
|
{
|
| 2033 |
|
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, eh))
|
| 2034 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 2035 |
|
|
}
|
| 2036 |
|
|
|
| 2037 |
|
|
sec = htab->sgot;
|
| 2038 |
|
|
eh->got.offset = sec->size;
|
| 2039 |
|
|
sec->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
|
| 2040 |
|
|
/* R_PARISC_TLS_GD* needs two GOT entries */
|
| 2041 |
|
|
if ((hh->tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_IE)) == (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_IE))
|
| 2042 |
|
|
sec->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE * 2;
|
| 2043 |
|
|
else if ((hh->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) == GOT_TLS_GD)
|
| 2044 |
|
|
sec->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
|
| 2045 |
|
|
if (htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created
|
| 2046 |
|
|
&& (info->shared
|
| 2047 |
|
|
|| (eh->dynindx != -1
|
| 2048 |
|
|
&& !eh->forced_local)))
|
| 2049 |
|
|
{
|
| 2050 |
|
|
htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 2051 |
|
|
if ((hh->tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_IE)) == (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_IE))
|
| 2052 |
|
|
htab->srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 2053 |
|
|
else if ((hh->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) == GOT_TLS_GD)
|
| 2054 |
|
|
htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 2055 |
|
|
}
|
| 2056 |
|
|
}
|
| 2057 |
|
|
else
|
| 2058 |
|
|
eh->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
| 2059 |
|
|
|
| 2060 |
|
|
if (hh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
|
| 2061 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 2062 |
|
|
|
| 2063 |
|
|
/* If this is a -Bsymbolic shared link, then we need to discard all
|
| 2064 |
|
|
space allocated for dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols
|
| 2065 |
|
|
defined in a regular object. For the normal shared case, discard
|
| 2066 |
|
|
space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
|
| 2067 |
|
|
changes. */
|
| 2068 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
| 2069 |
|
|
{
|
| 2070 |
|
|
#if RELATIVE_DYNRELOCS
|
| 2071 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, eh))
|
| 2072 |
|
|
{
|
| 2073 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry **hdh_pp;
|
| 2074 |
|
|
|
| 2075 |
|
|
for (hdh_pp = &hh->dyn_relocs; (hdh_p = *hdh_pp) != NULL; )
|
| 2076 |
|
|
{
|
| 2077 |
|
|
hdh_p->count -= hdh_p->relative_count;
|
| 2078 |
|
|
hdh_p->relative_count = 0;
|
| 2079 |
|
|
if (hdh_p->count == 0)
|
| 2080 |
|
|
*hdh_pp = hdh_p->hdh_next;
|
| 2081 |
|
|
else
|
| 2082 |
|
|
hdh_pp = &hdh_p->hdh_next;
|
| 2083 |
|
|
}
|
| 2084 |
|
|
}
|
| 2085 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 2086 |
|
|
|
| 2087 |
|
|
/* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
|
| 2088 |
|
|
visibility. */
|
| 2089 |
|
|
if (hh->dyn_relocs != NULL
|
| 2090 |
|
|
&& eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
| 2091 |
|
|
{
|
| 2092 |
|
|
if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
|
| 2093 |
|
|
hh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
|
| 2094 |
|
|
|
| 2095 |
|
|
/* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
|
| 2096 |
|
|
symbol in PIEs. */
|
| 2097 |
|
|
else if (eh->dynindx == -1
|
| 2098 |
|
|
&& !eh->forced_local)
|
| 2099 |
|
|
{
|
| 2100 |
|
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, eh))
|
| 2101 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 2102 |
|
|
}
|
| 2103 |
|
|
}
|
| 2104 |
|
|
}
|
| 2105 |
|
|
else
|
| 2106 |
|
|
{
|
| 2107 |
|
|
/* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
|
| 2108 |
|
|
symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
|
| 2109 |
|
|
dynamic. */
|
| 2110 |
|
|
|
| 2111 |
|
|
if (!eh->non_got_ref
|
| 2112 |
|
|
&& ((ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
|
| 2113 |
|
|
&& eh->def_dynamic
|
| 2114 |
|
|
&& !eh->def_regular)
|
| 2115 |
|
|
|| (htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created
|
| 2116 |
|
|
&& (eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
|
| 2117 |
|
|
|| eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
|
| 2118 |
|
|
{
|
| 2119 |
|
|
/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
|
| 2120 |
|
|
Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
|
| 2121 |
|
|
if (eh->dynindx == -1
|
| 2122 |
|
|
&& !eh->forced_local
|
| 2123 |
|
|
&& eh->type != STT_PARISC_MILLI)
|
| 2124 |
|
|
{
|
| 2125 |
|
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, eh))
|
| 2126 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 2127 |
|
|
}
|
| 2128 |
|
|
|
| 2129 |
|
|
/* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
|
| 2130 |
|
|
relocs. */
|
| 2131 |
|
|
if (eh->dynindx != -1)
|
| 2132 |
|
|
goto keep;
|
| 2133 |
|
|
}
|
| 2134 |
|
|
|
| 2135 |
|
|
hh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
|
| 2136 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 2137 |
|
|
|
| 2138 |
|
|
keep: ;
|
| 2139 |
|
|
}
|
| 2140 |
|
|
|
| 2141 |
|
|
/* Finally, allocate space. */
|
| 2142 |
|
|
for (hdh_p = hh->dyn_relocs; hdh_p != NULL; hdh_p = hdh_p->hdh_next)
|
| 2143 |
|
|
{
|
| 2144 |
|
|
asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (hdh_p->sec)->sreloc;
|
| 2145 |
|
|
sreloc->size += hdh_p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 2146 |
|
|
}
|
| 2147 |
|
|
|
| 2148 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 2149 |
|
|
}
|
| 2150 |
|
|
|
| 2151 |
|
|
/* This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse to force
|
| 2152 |
|
|
millicode symbols local so they do not end up as globals in the
|
| 2153 |
|
|
dynamic symbol table. We ought to be able to do this in
|
| 2154 |
|
|
adjust_dynamic_symbol, but our adjust_dynamic_symbol is not called
|
| 2155 |
|
|
for all dynamic symbols. Arguably, this is a bug in
|
| 2156 |
|
|
elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
|
| 2157 |
|
|
|
| 2158 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 2159 |
|
|
clobber_millicode_symbols (struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh,
|
| 2160 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 2161 |
|
|
{
|
| 2162 |
|
|
if (eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
| 2163 |
|
|
eh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) eh->root.u.i.link;
|
| 2164 |
|
|
|
| 2165 |
|
|
if (eh->type == STT_PARISC_MILLI
|
| 2166 |
|
|
&& !eh->forced_local)
|
| 2167 |
|
|
{
|
| 2168 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_hide_symbol (info, eh, TRUE);
|
| 2169 |
|
|
}
|
| 2170 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 2171 |
|
|
}
|
| 2172 |
|
|
|
| 2173 |
|
|
/* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections. */
|
| 2174 |
|
|
|
| 2175 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 2176 |
|
|
readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh, void *inf)
|
| 2177 |
|
|
{
|
| 2178 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
|
| 2179 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry *hdh_p;
|
| 2180 |
|
|
|
| 2181 |
|
|
if (eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
| 2182 |
|
|
eh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) eh->root.u.i.link;
|
| 2183 |
|
|
|
| 2184 |
|
|
hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh);
|
| 2185 |
|
|
for (hdh_p = hh->dyn_relocs; hdh_p != NULL; hdh_p = hdh_p->hdh_next)
|
| 2186 |
|
|
{
|
| 2187 |
|
|
asection *sec = hdh_p->sec->output_section;
|
| 2188 |
|
|
|
| 2189 |
|
|
if (sec != NULL && (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
|
| 2190 |
|
|
{
|
| 2191 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
|
| 2192 |
|
|
|
| 2193 |
|
|
info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
|
| 2194 |
|
|
|
| 2195 |
|
|
/* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
|
| 2196 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 2197 |
|
|
}
|
| 2198 |
|
|
}
|
| 2199 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 2200 |
|
|
}
|
| 2201 |
|
|
|
| 2202 |
|
|
/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
|
| 2203 |
|
|
|
| 2204 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 2205 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 2206 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 2207 |
|
|
{
|
| 2208 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 2209 |
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
| 2210 |
|
|
bfd *ibfd;
|
| 2211 |
|
|
asection *sec;
|
| 2212 |
|
|
bfd_boolean relocs;
|
| 2213 |
|
|
|
| 2214 |
|
|
htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
|
| 2215 |
|
|
dynobj = htab->etab.dynobj;
|
| 2216 |
|
|
if (dynobj == NULL)
|
| 2217 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 2218 |
|
|
|
| 2219 |
|
|
if (htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created)
|
| 2220 |
|
|
{
|
| 2221 |
|
|
/* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
|
| 2222 |
|
|
if (info->executable)
|
| 2223 |
|
|
{
|
| 2224 |
|
|
sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
|
| 2225 |
|
|
if (sec == NULL)
|
| 2226 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 2227 |
|
|
sec->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
|
| 2228 |
|
|
sec->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
|
| 2229 |
|
|
}
|
| 2230 |
|
|
|
| 2231 |
|
|
/* Force millicode symbols local. */
|
| 2232 |
|
|
elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->etab,
|
| 2233 |
|
|
clobber_millicode_symbols,
|
| 2234 |
|
|
info);
|
| 2235 |
|
|
}
|
| 2236 |
|
|
|
| 2237 |
|
|
/* Set up .got and .plt offsets for local syms, and space for local
|
| 2238 |
|
|
dynamic relocs. */
|
| 2239 |
|
|
for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
|
| 2240 |
|
|
{
|
| 2241 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
|
| 2242 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
|
| 2243 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma *local_plt;
|
| 2244 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma *end_local_plt;
|
| 2245 |
|
|
bfd_size_type locsymcount;
|
| 2246 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
| 2247 |
|
|
asection *srel;
|
| 2248 |
|
|
char *local_tls_type;
|
| 2249 |
|
|
|
| 2250 |
|
|
if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
| 2251 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 2252 |
|
|
|
| 2253 |
|
|
for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
|
| 2254 |
|
|
{
|
| 2255 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry *hdh_p;
|
| 2256 |
|
|
|
| 2257 |
|
|
for (hdh_p = ((struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry *)
|
| 2258 |
|
|
elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel);
|
| 2259 |
|
|
hdh_p != NULL;
|
| 2260 |
|
|
hdh_p = hdh_p->hdh_next)
|
| 2261 |
|
|
{
|
| 2262 |
|
|
if (!bfd_is_abs_section (hdh_p->sec)
|
| 2263 |
|
|
&& bfd_is_abs_section (hdh_p->sec->output_section))
|
| 2264 |
|
|
{
|
| 2265 |
|
|
/* Input section has been discarded, either because
|
| 2266 |
|
|
it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
|
| 2267 |
|
|
linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
|
| 2268 |
|
|
the relocs too. */
|
| 2269 |
|
|
}
|
| 2270 |
|
|
else if (hdh_p->count != 0)
|
| 2271 |
|
|
{
|
| 2272 |
|
|
srel = elf_section_data (hdh_p->sec)->sreloc;
|
| 2273 |
|
|
srel->size += hdh_p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 2274 |
|
|
if ((hdh_p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
|
| 2275 |
|
|
info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
|
| 2276 |
|
|
}
|
| 2277 |
|
|
}
|
| 2278 |
|
|
}
|
| 2279 |
|
|
|
| 2280 |
|
|
local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
|
| 2281 |
|
|
if (!local_got)
|
| 2282 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 2283 |
|
|
|
| 2284 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
| 2285 |
|
|
locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
| 2286 |
|
|
end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
|
| 2287 |
|
|
local_tls_type = hppa_elf_local_got_tls_type (ibfd);
|
| 2288 |
|
|
sec = htab->sgot;
|
| 2289 |
|
|
srel = htab->srelgot;
|
| 2290 |
|
|
for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
|
| 2291 |
|
|
{
|
| 2292 |
|
|
if (*local_got > 0)
|
| 2293 |
|
|
{
|
| 2294 |
|
|
*local_got = sec->size;
|
| 2295 |
|
|
sec->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
|
| 2296 |
|
|
if ((*local_tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_IE)) == (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_IE))
|
| 2297 |
|
|
sec->size += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
|
| 2298 |
|
|
else if ((*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) == GOT_TLS_GD)
|
| 2299 |
|
|
sec->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
|
| 2300 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
| 2301 |
|
|
{
|
| 2302 |
|
|
srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 2303 |
|
|
if ((*local_tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_IE)) == (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_IE))
|
| 2304 |
|
|
srel->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 2305 |
|
|
else if ((*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) == GOT_TLS_GD)
|
| 2306 |
|
|
srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 2307 |
|
|
}
|
| 2308 |
|
|
}
|
| 2309 |
|
|
else
|
| 2310 |
|
|
*local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
| 2311 |
|
|
|
| 2312 |
|
|
++local_tls_type;
|
| 2313 |
|
|
}
|
| 2314 |
|
|
|
| 2315 |
|
|
local_plt = end_local_got;
|
| 2316 |
|
|
end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
|
| 2317 |
|
|
if (! htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created)
|
| 2318 |
|
|
{
|
| 2319 |
|
|
/* Won't be used, but be safe. */
|
| 2320 |
|
|
for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt)
|
| 2321 |
|
|
*local_plt = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
| 2322 |
|
|
}
|
| 2323 |
|
|
else
|
| 2324 |
|
|
{
|
| 2325 |
|
|
sec = htab->splt;
|
| 2326 |
|
|
srel = htab->srelplt;
|
| 2327 |
|
|
for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt)
|
| 2328 |
|
|
{
|
| 2329 |
|
|
if (*local_plt > 0)
|
| 2330 |
|
|
{
|
| 2331 |
|
|
*local_plt = sec->size;
|
| 2332 |
|
|
sec->size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
|
| 2333 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
| 2334 |
|
|
srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 2335 |
|
|
}
|
| 2336 |
|
|
else
|
| 2337 |
|
|
*local_plt = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
| 2338 |
|
|
}
|
| 2339 |
|
|
}
|
| 2340 |
|
|
}
|
| 2341 |
|
|
|
| 2342 |
|
|
if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
|
| 2343 |
|
|
{
|
| 2344 |
|
|
/* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for
|
| 2345 |
|
|
R_PARISC_TLS_DTPMOD32 relocs. */
|
| 2346 |
|
|
htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->sgot->size;
|
| 2347 |
|
|
htab->sgot->size += (GOT_ENTRY_SIZE * 2);
|
| 2348 |
|
|
htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 2349 |
|
|
}
|
| 2350 |
|
|
else
|
| 2351 |
|
|
htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
|
| 2352 |
|
|
|
| 2353 |
|
|
/* Do all the .plt entries without relocs first. The dynamic linker
|
| 2354 |
|
|
uses the last .plt reloc to find the end of the .plt (and hence
|
| 2355 |
|
|
the start of the .got) for lazy linking. */
|
| 2356 |
|
|
elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->etab, allocate_plt_static, info);
|
| 2357 |
|
|
|
| 2358 |
|
|
/* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
|
| 2359 |
|
|
sym dynamic relocs. */
|
| 2360 |
|
|
elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->etab, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
|
| 2361 |
|
|
|
| 2362 |
|
|
/* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
|
| 2363 |
|
|
determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
|
| 2364 |
|
|
memory for them. */
|
| 2365 |
|
|
relocs = FALSE;
|
| 2366 |
|
|
for (sec = dynobj->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
|
| 2367 |
|
|
{
|
| 2368 |
|
|
if ((sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
|
| 2369 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 2370 |
|
|
|
| 2371 |
|
|
if (sec == htab->splt)
|
| 2372 |
|
|
{
|
| 2373 |
|
|
if (htab->need_plt_stub)
|
| 2374 |
|
|
{
|
| 2375 |
|
|
/* Make space for the plt stub at the end of the .plt
|
| 2376 |
|
|
section. We want this stub right at the end, up
|
| 2377 |
|
|
against the .got section. */
|
| 2378 |
|
|
int gotalign = bfd_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sgot);
|
| 2379 |
|
|
int pltalign = bfd_section_alignment (dynobj, sec);
|
| 2380 |
|
|
bfd_size_type mask;
|
| 2381 |
|
|
|
| 2382 |
|
|
if (gotalign > pltalign)
|
| 2383 |
|
|
bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sec, gotalign);
|
| 2384 |
|
|
mask = ((bfd_size_type) 1 << gotalign) - 1;
|
| 2385 |
|
|
sec->size = (sec->size + sizeof (plt_stub) + mask) & ~mask;
|
| 2386 |
|
|
}
|
| 2387 |
|
|
}
|
| 2388 |
|
|
else if (sec == htab->sgot
|
| 2389 |
|
|
|| sec == htab->sdynbss)
|
| 2390 |
|
|
;
|
| 2391 |
|
|
else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, sec), ".rela"))
|
| 2392 |
|
|
{
|
| 2393 |
|
|
if (sec->size != 0)
|
| 2394 |
|
|
{
|
| 2395 |
|
|
/* Remember whether there are any reloc sections other
|
| 2396 |
|
|
than .rela.plt. */
|
| 2397 |
|
|
if (sec != htab->srelplt)
|
| 2398 |
|
|
relocs = TRUE;
|
| 2399 |
|
|
|
| 2400 |
|
|
/* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
|
| 2401 |
|
|
to copy relocs into the output file. */
|
| 2402 |
|
|
sec->reloc_count = 0;
|
| 2403 |
|
|
}
|
| 2404 |
|
|
}
|
| 2405 |
|
|
else
|
| 2406 |
|
|
{
|
| 2407 |
|
|
/* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
|
| 2408 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 2409 |
|
|
}
|
| 2410 |
|
|
|
| 2411 |
|
|
if (sec->size == 0)
|
| 2412 |
|
|
{
|
| 2413 |
|
|
/* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
|
| 2414 |
|
|
output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
|
| 2415 |
|
|
.rela.plt. We must create both sections in
|
| 2416 |
|
|
create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
|
| 2417 |
|
|
before the linker maps input sections to output
|
| 2418 |
|
|
sections. The linker does that before
|
| 2419 |
|
|
adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
|
| 2420 |
|
|
function which decides whether anything needs to go
|
| 2421 |
|
|
into these sections. */
|
| 2422 |
|
|
sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
| 2423 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 2424 |
|
|
}
|
| 2425 |
|
|
|
| 2426 |
|
|
if ((sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
|
| 2427 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 2428 |
|
|
|
| 2429 |
|
|
/* Allocate memory for the section contents. Zero it, because
|
| 2430 |
|
|
we may not fill in all the reloc sections. */
|
| 2431 |
|
|
sec->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, sec->size);
|
| 2432 |
|
|
if (sec->contents == NULL)
|
| 2433 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 2434 |
|
|
}
|
| 2435 |
|
|
|
| 2436 |
|
|
if (htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created)
|
| 2437 |
|
|
{
|
| 2438 |
|
|
/* Like IA-64 and HPPA64, always create a DT_PLTGOT. It
|
| 2439 |
|
|
actually has nothing to do with the PLT, it is how we
|
| 2440 |
|
|
communicate the LTP value of a load module to the dynamic
|
| 2441 |
|
|
linker. */
|
| 2442 |
|
|
#define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
|
| 2443 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
|
| 2444 |
|
|
|
| 2445 |
|
|
if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0))
|
| 2446 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 2447 |
|
|
|
| 2448 |
|
|
/* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
|
| 2449 |
|
|
values later, in elf32_hppa_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
|
| 2450 |
|
|
must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
|
| 2451 |
|
|
the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
|
| 2452 |
|
|
dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
|
| 2453 |
|
|
if (info->executable)
|
| 2454 |
|
|
{
|
| 2455 |
|
|
if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
|
| 2456 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 2457 |
|
|
}
|
| 2458 |
|
|
|
| 2459 |
|
|
if (htab->srelplt->size != 0)
|
| 2460 |
|
|
{
|
| 2461 |
|
|
if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
|
| 2462 |
|
|
|| !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
|
| 2463 |
|
|
|| !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
|
| 2464 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 2465 |
|
|
}
|
| 2466 |
|
|
|
| 2467 |
|
|
if (relocs)
|
| 2468 |
|
|
{
|
| 2469 |
|
|
if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
|
| 2470 |
|
|
|| !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
|
| 2471 |
|
|
|| !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
|
| 2472 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 2473 |
|
|
|
| 2474 |
|
|
/* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
|
| 2475 |
|
|
then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
|
| 2476 |
|
|
if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
|
| 2477 |
|
|
elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->etab, readonly_dynrelocs, info);
|
| 2478 |
|
|
|
| 2479 |
|
|
if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
|
| 2480 |
|
|
{
|
| 2481 |
|
|
if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
|
| 2482 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 2483 |
|
|
}
|
| 2484 |
|
|
}
|
| 2485 |
|
|
}
|
| 2486 |
|
|
#undef add_dynamic_entry
|
| 2487 |
|
|
|
| 2488 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 2489 |
|
|
}
|
| 2490 |
|
|
|
| 2491 |
|
|
/* External entry points for sizing and building linker stubs. */
|
| 2492 |
|
|
|
| 2493 |
|
|
/* Set up various things so that we can make a list of input sections
|
| 2494 |
|
|
for each output section included in the link. Returns -1 on error,
|
| 2495 |
|
|
|
| 2496 |
|
|
|
| 2497 |
|
|
int
|
| 2498 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_setup_section_lists (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 2499 |
|
|
{
|
| 2500 |
|
|
bfd *input_bfd;
|
| 2501 |
|
|
unsigned int bfd_count;
|
| 2502 |
|
|
int top_id, top_index;
|
| 2503 |
|
|
asection *section;
|
| 2504 |
|
|
asection **input_list, **list;
|
| 2505 |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt;
|
| 2506 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
|
| 2507 |
|
|
|
| 2508 |
|
|
/* Count the number of input BFDs and find the top input section id. */
|
| 2509 |
|
|
for (input_bfd = info->input_bfds, bfd_count = 0, top_id = 0;
|
| 2510 |
|
|
input_bfd != NULL;
|
| 2511 |
|
|
input_bfd = input_bfd->link_next)
|
| 2512 |
|
|
{
|
| 2513 |
|
|
bfd_count += 1;
|
| 2514 |
|
|
for (section = input_bfd->sections;
|
| 2515 |
|
|
section != NULL;
|
| 2516 |
|
|
section = section->next)
|
| 2517 |
|
|
{
|
| 2518 |
|
|
if (top_id < section->id)
|
| 2519 |
|
|
top_id = section->id;
|
| 2520 |
|
|
}
|
| 2521 |
|
|
}
|
| 2522 |
|
|
htab->bfd_count = bfd_count;
|
| 2523 |
|
|
|
| 2524 |
|
|
amt = sizeof (struct map_stub) * (top_id + 1);
|
| 2525 |
|
|
htab->stub_group = bfd_zmalloc (amt);
|
| 2526 |
|
|
if (htab->stub_group == NULL)
|
| 2527 |
|
|
return -1;
|
| 2528 |
|
|
|
| 2529 |
|
|
/* We can't use output_bfd->section_count here to find the top output
|
| 2530 |
|
|
section index as some sections may have been removed, and
|
| 2531 |
|
|
strip_excluded_output_sections doesn't renumber the indices. */
|
| 2532 |
|
|
for (section = output_bfd->sections, top_index = 0;
|
| 2533 |
|
|
section != NULL;
|
| 2534 |
|
|
section = section->next)
|
| 2535 |
|
|
{
|
| 2536 |
|
|
if (top_index < section->index)
|
| 2537 |
|
|
top_index = section->index;
|
| 2538 |
|
|
}
|
| 2539 |
|
|
|
| 2540 |
|
|
htab->top_index = top_index;
|
| 2541 |
|
|
amt = sizeof (asection *) * (top_index + 1);
|
| 2542 |
|
|
input_list = bfd_malloc (amt);
|
| 2543 |
|
|
htab->input_list = input_list;
|
| 2544 |
|
|
if (input_list == NULL)
|
| 2545 |
|
|
return -1;
|
| 2546 |
|
|
|
| 2547 |
|
|
/* For sections we aren't interested in, mark their entries with a
|
| 2548 |
|
|
value we can check later. */
|
| 2549 |
|
|
list = input_list + top_index;
|
| 2550 |
|
|
do
|
| 2551 |
|
|
*list = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
|
| 2552 |
|
|
while (list-- != input_list);
|
| 2553 |
|
|
|
| 2554 |
|
|
for (section = output_bfd->sections;
|
| 2555 |
|
|
section != NULL;
|
| 2556 |
|
|
section = section->next)
|
| 2557 |
|
|
{
|
| 2558 |
|
|
if ((section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
|
| 2559 |
|
|
input_list[section->index] = NULL;
|
| 2560 |
|
|
}
|
| 2561 |
|
|
|
| 2562 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 2563 |
|
|
}
|
| 2564 |
|
|
|
| 2565 |
|
|
/* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each input section,
|
| 2566 |
|
|
in the order that input sections are linked into output sections.
|
| 2567 |
|
|
Build lists of input sections to determine groupings between which
|
| 2568 |
|
|
we may insert linker stubs. */
|
| 2569 |
|
|
|
| 2570 |
|
|
void
|
| 2571 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_next_input_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *isec)
|
| 2572 |
|
|
{
|
| 2573 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
|
| 2574 |
|
|
|
| 2575 |
|
|
if (isec->output_section->index <= htab->top_index)
|
| 2576 |
|
|
{
|
| 2577 |
|
|
asection **list = htab->input_list + isec->output_section->index;
|
| 2578 |
|
|
if (*list != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
|
| 2579 |
|
|
{
|
| 2580 |
|
|
/* Steal the link_sec pointer for our list. */
|
| 2581 |
|
|
#define PREV_SEC(sec) (htab->stub_group[(sec)->id].link_sec)
|
| 2582 |
|
|
/* This happens to make the list in reverse order,
|
| 2583 |
|
|
which is what we want. */
|
| 2584 |
|
|
PREV_SEC (isec) = *list;
|
| 2585 |
|
|
*list = isec;
|
| 2586 |
|
|
}
|
| 2587 |
|
|
}
|
| 2588 |
|
|
}
|
| 2589 |
|
|
|
| 2590 |
|
|
/* See whether we can group stub sections together. Grouping stub
|
| 2591 |
|
|
sections may result in fewer stubs. More importantly, we need to
|
| 2592 |
|
|
put all .init* and .fini* stubs at the beginning of the .init or
|
| 2593 |
|
|
.fini output sections respectively, because glibc splits the
|
| 2594 |
|
|
_init and _fini functions into multiple parts. Putting a stub in
|
| 2595 |
|
|
the middle of a function is not a good idea. */
|
| 2596 |
|
|
|
| 2597 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2598 |
|
|
group_sections (struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab,
|
| 2599 |
|
|
bfd_size_type stub_group_size,
|
| 2600 |
|
|
bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch)
|
| 2601 |
|
|
{
|
| 2602 |
|
|
asection **list = htab->input_list + htab->top_index;
|
| 2603 |
|
|
do
|
| 2604 |
|
|
{
|
| 2605 |
|
|
asection *tail = *list;
|
| 2606 |
|
|
if (tail == bfd_abs_section_ptr)
|
| 2607 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 2608 |
|
|
while (tail != NULL)
|
| 2609 |
|
|
{
|
| 2610 |
|
|
asection *curr;
|
| 2611 |
|
|
asection *prev;
|
| 2612 |
|
|
bfd_size_type total;
|
| 2613 |
|
|
bfd_boolean big_sec;
|
| 2614 |
|
|
|
| 2615 |
|
|
curr = tail;
|
| 2616 |
|
|
total = tail->size;
|
| 2617 |
|
|
big_sec = total >= stub_group_size;
|
| 2618 |
|
|
|
| 2619 |
|
|
while ((prev = PREV_SEC (curr)) != NULL
|
| 2620 |
|
|
&& ((total += curr->output_offset - prev->output_offset)
|
| 2621 |
|
|
< stub_group_size))
|
| 2622 |
|
|
curr = prev;
|
| 2623 |
|
|
|
| 2624 |
|
|
/* OK, the size from the start of CURR to the end is less
|
| 2625 |
|
|
than 240000 bytes and thus can be handled by one stub
|
| 2626 |
|
|
section. (or the tail section is itself larger than
|
| 2627 |
|
|
240000 bytes, in which case we may be toast.)
|
| 2628 |
|
|
We should really be keeping track of the total size of
|
| 2629 |
|
|
stubs added here, as stubs contribute to the final output
|
| 2630 |
|
|
section size. That's a little tricky, and this way will
|
| 2631 |
|
|
only break if stubs added total more than 22144 bytes, or
|
| 2632 |
|
|
2768 long branch stubs. It seems unlikely for more than
|
| 2633 |
|
|
2768 different functions to be called, especially from
|
| 2634 |
|
|
code only 240000 bytes long. This limit used to be
|
| 2635 |
|
|
250000, but c++ code tends to generate lots of little
|
| 2636 |
|
|
functions, and sometimes violated the assumption. */
|
| 2637 |
|
|
do
|
| 2638 |
|
|
{
|
| 2639 |
|
|
prev = PREV_SEC (tail);
|
| 2640 |
|
|
/* Set up this stub group. */
|
| 2641 |
|
|
htab->stub_group[tail->id].link_sec = curr;
|
| 2642 |
|
|
}
|
| 2643 |
|
|
while (tail != curr && (tail = prev) != NULL);
|
| 2644 |
|
|
|
| 2645 |
|
|
/* But wait, there's more! Input sections up to 240000
|
| 2646 |
|
|
bytes before the stub section can be handled by it too.
|
| 2647 |
|
|
Don't do this if we have a really large section after the
|
| 2648 |
|
|
stubs, as adding more stubs increases the chance that
|
| 2649 |
|
|
branches may not reach into the stub section. */
|
| 2650 |
|
|
if (!stubs_always_before_branch && !big_sec)
|
| 2651 |
|
|
{
|
| 2652 |
|
|
total = 0;
|
| 2653 |
|
|
while (prev != NULL
|
| 2654 |
|
|
&& ((total += tail->output_offset - prev->output_offset)
|
| 2655 |
|
|
< stub_group_size))
|
| 2656 |
|
|
{
|
| 2657 |
|
|
tail = prev;
|
| 2658 |
|
|
prev = PREV_SEC (tail);
|
| 2659 |
|
|
htab->stub_group[tail->id].link_sec = curr;
|
| 2660 |
|
|
}
|
| 2661 |
|
|
}
|
| 2662 |
|
|
tail = prev;
|
| 2663 |
|
|
}
|
| 2664 |
|
|
}
|
| 2665 |
|
|
while (list-- != htab->input_list);
|
| 2666 |
|
|
free (htab->input_list);
|
| 2667 |
|
|
#undef PREV_SEC
|
| 2668 |
|
|
}
|
| 2669 |
|
|
|
| 2670 |
|
|
/* Read in all local syms for all input bfds, and create hash entries
|
| 2671 |
|
|
for export stubs if we are building a multi-subspace shared lib.
|
| 2672 |
|
|
Returns -1 on error, 1 if export stubs created, 0 otherwise. */
|
| 2673 |
|
|
|
| 2674 |
|
|
static int
|
| 2675 |
|
|
get_local_syms (bfd *output_bfd, bfd *input_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 2676 |
|
|
{
|
| 2677 |
|
|
unsigned int bfd_indx;
|
| 2678 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, **all_local_syms;
|
| 2679 |
|
|
int stub_changed = 0;
|
| 2680 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
|
| 2681 |
|
|
|
| 2682 |
|
|
/* We want to read in symbol extension records only once. To do this
|
| 2683 |
|
|
we need to read in the local symbols in parallel and save them for
|
| 2684 |
|
|
later use; so hold pointers to the local symbols in an array. */
|
| 2685 |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym *) * htab->bfd_count;
|
| 2686 |
|
|
all_local_syms = bfd_zmalloc (amt);
|
| 2687 |
|
|
htab->all_local_syms = all_local_syms;
|
| 2688 |
|
|
if (all_local_syms == NULL)
|
| 2689 |
|
|
return -1;
|
| 2690 |
|
|
|
| 2691 |
|
|
/* Walk over all the input BFDs, swapping in local symbols.
|
| 2692 |
|
|
If we are creating a shared library, create hash entries for the
|
| 2693 |
|
|
export stubs. */
|
| 2694 |
|
|
for (bfd_indx = 0;
|
| 2695 |
|
|
input_bfd != NULL;
|
| 2696 |
|
|
input_bfd = input_bfd->link_next, bfd_indx++)
|
| 2697 |
|
|
{
|
| 2698 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
| 2699 |
|
|
|
| 2700 |
|
|
/* We'll need the symbol table in a second. */
|
| 2701 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
| 2702 |
|
|
if (symtab_hdr->sh_info == 0)
|
| 2703 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 2704 |
|
|
|
| 2705 |
|
|
/* We need an array of the local symbols attached to the input bfd. */
|
| 2706 |
|
|
local_syms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
|
| 2707 |
|
|
if (local_syms == NULL)
|
| 2708 |
|
|
{
|
| 2709 |
|
|
local_syms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
|
| 2710 |
|
|
symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
|
| 2711 |
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
| 2712 |
|
|
/* Cache them for elf_link_input_bfd. */
|
| 2713 |
|
|
symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
|
| 2714 |
|
|
}
|
| 2715 |
|
|
if (local_syms == NULL)
|
| 2716 |
|
|
return -1;
|
| 2717 |
|
|
|
| 2718 |
|
|
all_local_syms[bfd_indx] = local_syms;
|
| 2719 |
|
|
|
| 2720 |
|
|
if (info->shared && htab->multi_subspace)
|
| 2721 |
|
|
{
|
| 2722 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **eh_syms;
|
| 2723 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **eh_symend;
|
| 2724 |
|
|
unsigned int symcount;
|
| 2725 |
|
|
|
| 2726 |
|
|
symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
|
| 2727 |
|
|
- symtab_hdr->sh_info);
|
| 2728 |
|
|
eh_syms = (struct elf_link_hash_entry **) elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
|
| 2729 |
|
|
eh_symend = (struct elf_link_hash_entry **) (eh_syms + symcount);
|
| 2730 |
|
|
|
| 2731 |
|
|
/* Look through the global syms for functions; We need to
|
| 2732 |
|
|
build export stubs for all globally visible functions. */
|
| 2733 |
|
|
for (; eh_syms < eh_symend; eh_syms++)
|
| 2734 |
|
|
{
|
| 2735 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
|
| 2736 |
|
|
|
| 2737 |
|
|
hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (*eh_syms);
|
| 2738 |
|
|
|
| 2739 |
|
|
while (hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
| 2740 |
|
|
|| hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
| 2741 |
|
|
hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (hh->eh.root.u.i.link);
|
| 2742 |
|
|
|
| 2743 |
|
|
/* At this point in the link, undefined syms have been
|
| 2744 |
|
|
resolved, so we need to check that the symbol was
|
| 2745 |
|
|
defined in this BFD. */
|
| 2746 |
|
|
if ((hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
| 2747 |
|
|
|| hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
|
| 2748 |
|
|
&& hh->eh.type == STT_FUNC
|
| 2749 |
|
|
&& hh->eh.root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL
|
| 2750 |
|
|
&& (hh->eh.root.u.def.section->output_section->owner
|
| 2751 |
|
|
== output_bfd)
|
| 2752 |
|
|
&& hh->eh.root.u.def.section->owner == input_bfd
|
| 2753 |
|
|
&& hh->eh.def_regular
|
| 2754 |
|
|
&& !hh->eh.forced_local
|
| 2755 |
|
|
&& ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (hh->eh.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
|
| 2756 |
|
|
{
|
| 2757 |
|
|
asection *sec;
|
| 2758 |
|
|
const char *stub_name;
|
| 2759 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh;
|
| 2760 |
|
|
|
| 2761 |
|
|
sec = hh->eh.root.u.def.section;
|
| 2762 |
|
|
stub_name = hh_name (hh);
|
| 2763 |
|
|
hsh = hppa_stub_hash_lookup (&htab->bstab,
|
| 2764 |
|
|
stub_name,
|
| 2765 |
|
|
FALSE, FALSE);
|
| 2766 |
|
|
if (hsh == NULL)
|
| 2767 |
|
|
{
|
| 2768 |
|
|
hsh = hppa_add_stub (stub_name, sec, htab);
|
| 2769 |
|
|
if (!hsh)
|
| 2770 |
|
|
return -1;
|
| 2771 |
|
|
|
| 2772 |
|
|
hsh->target_value = hh->eh.root.u.def.value;
|
| 2773 |
|
|
hsh->target_section = hh->eh.root.u.def.section;
|
| 2774 |
|
|
hsh->stub_type = hppa_stub_export;
|
| 2775 |
|
|
hsh->hh = hh;
|
| 2776 |
|
|
stub_changed = 1;
|
| 2777 |
|
|
}
|
| 2778 |
|
|
else
|
| 2779 |
|
|
{
|
| 2780 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: duplicate export stub %s"),
|
| 2781 |
|
|
input_bfd,
|
| 2782 |
|
|
stub_name);
|
| 2783 |
|
|
}
|
| 2784 |
|
|
}
|
| 2785 |
|
|
}
|
| 2786 |
|
|
}
|
| 2787 |
|
|
}
|
| 2788 |
|
|
|
| 2789 |
|
|
return stub_changed;
|
| 2790 |
|
|
}
|
| 2791 |
|
|
|
| 2792 |
|
|
/* Determine and set the size of the stub section for a final link.
|
| 2793 |
|
|
|
| 2794 |
|
|
The basic idea here is to examine all the relocations looking for
|
| 2795 |
|
|
PC-relative calls to a target that is unreachable with a "bl"
|
| 2796 |
|
|
instruction. */
|
| 2797 |
|
|
|
| 2798 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 2799 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_size_stubs
|
| 2800 |
|
|
(bfd *output_bfd, bfd *stub_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 2801 |
|
|
bfd_boolean multi_subspace, bfd_signed_vma group_size,
|
| 2802 |
|
|
asection * (*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *),
|
| 2803 |
|
|
void (*layout_sections_again) (void))
|
| 2804 |
|
|
{
|
| 2805 |
|
|
bfd_size_type stub_group_size;
|
| 2806 |
|
|
bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch;
|
| 2807 |
|
|
bfd_boolean stub_changed;
|
| 2808 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
|
| 2809 |
|
|
|
| 2810 |
|
|
/* Stash our params away. */
|
| 2811 |
|
|
htab->stub_bfd = stub_bfd;
|
| 2812 |
|
|
htab->multi_subspace = multi_subspace;
|
| 2813 |
|
|
htab->add_stub_section = add_stub_section;
|
| 2814 |
|
|
htab->layout_sections_again = layout_sections_again;
|
| 2815 |
|
|
stubs_always_before_branch = group_size < 0;
|
| 2816 |
|
|
if (group_size < 0)
|
| 2817 |
|
|
stub_group_size = -group_size;
|
| 2818 |
|
|
else
|
| 2819 |
|
|
stub_group_size = group_size;
|
| 2820 |
|
|
if (stub_group_size == 1)
|
| 2821 |
|
|
{
|
| 2822 |
|
|
/* Default values. */
|
| 2823 |
|
|
if (stubs_always_before_branch)
|
| 2824 |
|
|
{
|
| 2825 |
|
|
stub_group_size = 7680000;
|
| 2826 |
|
|
if (htab->has_17bit_branch || htab->multi_subspace)
|
| 2827 |
|
|
stub_group_size = 240000;
|
| 2828 |
|
|
if (htab->has_12bit_branch)
|
| 2829 |
|
|
stub_group_size = 7500;
|
| 2830 |
|
|
}
|
| 2831 |
|
|
else
|
| 2832 |
|
|
{
|
| 2833 |
|
|
stub_group_size = 6971392;
|
| 2834 |
|
|
if (htab->has_17bit_branch || htab->multi_subspace)
|
| 2835 |
|
|
stub_group_size = 217856;
|
| 2836 |
|
|
if (htab->has_12bit_branch)
|
| 2837 |
|
|
stub_group_size = 6808;
|
| 2838 |
|
|
}
|
| 2839 |
|
|
}
|
| 2840 |
|
|
|
| 2841 |
|
|
group_sections (htab, stub_group_size, stubs_always_before_branch);
|
| 2842 |
|
|
|
| 2843 |
|
|
switch (get_local_syms (output_bfd, info->input_bfds, info))
|
| 2844 |
|
|
{
|
| 2845 |
|
|
default:
|
| 2846 |
|
|
if (htab->all_local_syms)
|
| 2847 |
|
|
goto error_ret_free_local;
|
| 2848 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 2849 |
|
|
|
| 2850 |
|
|
case 0:
|
| 2851 |
|
|
stub_changed = FALSE;
|
| 2852 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2853 |
|
|
|
| 2854 |
|
|
case 1:
|
| 2855 |
|
|
stub_changed = TRUE;
|
| 2856 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2857 |
|
|
}
|
| 2858 |
|
|
|
| 2859 |
|
|
while (1)
|
| 2860 |
|
|
{
|
| 2861 |
|
|
bfd *input_bfd;
|
| 2862 |
|
|
unsigned int bfd_indx;
|
| 2863 |
|
|
asection *stub_sec;
|
| 2864 |
|
|
|
| 2865 |
|
|
for (input_bfd = info->input_bfds, bfd_indx = 0;
|
| 2866 |
|
|
input_bfd != NULL;
|
| 2867 |
|
|
input_bfd = input_bfd->link_next, bfd_indx++)
|
| 2868 |
|
|
{
|
| 2869 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
| 2870 |
|
|
asection *section;
|
| 2871 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
|
| 2872 |
|
|
|
| 2873 |
|
|
/* We'll need the symbol table in a second. */
|
| 2874 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
| 2875 |
|
|
if (symtab_hdr->sh_info == 0)
|
| 2876 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 2877 |
|
|
|
| 2878 |
|
|
local_syms = htab->all_local_syms[bfd_indx];
|
| 2879 |
|
|
|
| 2880 |
|
|
/* Walk over each section attached to the input bfd. */
|
| 2881 |
|
|
for (section = input_bfd->sections;
|
| 2882 |
|
|
section != NULL;
|
| 2883 |
|
|
section = section->next)
|
| 2884 |
|
|
{
|
| 2885 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs, *irelaend, *irela;
|
| 2886 |
|
|
|
| 2887 |
|
|
/* If there aren't any relocs, then there's nothing more
|
| 2888 |
|
|
to do. */
|
| 2889 |
|
|
if ((section->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
|
| 2890 |
|
|
|| section->reloc_count == 0)
|
| 2891 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 2892 |
|
|
|
| 2893 |
|
|
/* If this section is a link-once section that will be
|
| 2894 |
|
|
discarded, then don't create any stubs. */
|
| 2895 |
|
|
if (section->output_section == NULL
|
| 2896 |
|
|
|| section->output_section->owner != output_bfd)
|
| 2897 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 2898 |
|
|
|
| 2899 |
|
|
/* Get the relocs. */
|
| 2900 |
|
|
internal_relocs
|
| 2901 |
|
|
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd, section, NULL, NULL,
|
| 2902 |
|
|
info->keep_memory);
|
| 2903 |
|
|
if (internal_relocs == NULL)
|
| 2904 |
|
|
goto error_ret_free_local;
|
| 2905 |
|
|
|
| 2906 |
|
|
/* Now examine each relocation. */
|
| 2907 |
|
|
irela = internal_relocs;
|
| 2908 |
|
|
irelaend = irela + section->reloc_count;
|
| 2909 |
|
|
for (; irela < irelaend; irela++)
|
| 2910 |
|
|
{
|
| 2911 |
|
|
unsigned int r_type, r_indx;
|
| 2912 |
|
|
enum elf32_hppa_stub_type stub_type;
|
| 2913 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh;
|
| 2914 |
|
|
asection *sym_sec;
|
| 2915 |
|
|
bfd_vma sym_value;
|
| 2916 |
|
|
bfd_vma destination;
|
| 2917 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
|
| 2918 |
|
|
char *stub_name;
|
| 2919 |
|
|
const asection *id_sec;
|
| 2920 |
|
|
|
| 2921 |
|
|
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irela->r_info);
|
| 2922 |
|
|
r_indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irela->r_info);
|
| 2923 |
|
|
|
| 2924 |
|
|
if (r_type >= (unsigned int) R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED)
|
| 2925 |
|
|
{
|
| 2926 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
| 2927 |
|
|
error_ret_free_internal:
|
| 2928 |
|
|
if (elf_section_data (section)->relocs == NULL)
|
| 2929 |
|
|
free (internal_relocs);
|
| 2930 |
|
|
goto error_ret_free_local;
|
| 2931 |
|
|
}
|
| 2932 |
|
|
|
| 2933 |
|
|
/* Only look for stubs on call instructions. */
|
| 2934 |
|
|
if (r_type != (unsigned int) R_PARISC_PCREL12F
|
| 2935 |
|
|
&& r_type != (unsigned int) R_PARISC_PCREL17F
|
| 2936 |
|
|
&& r_type != (unsigned int) R_PARISC_PCREL22F)
|
| 2937 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 2938 |
|
|
|
| 2939 |
|
|
/* Now determine the call target, its name, value,
|
| 2940 |
|
|
section. */
|
| 2941 |
|
|
sym_sec = NULL;
|
| 2942 |
|
|
sym_value = 0;
|
| 2943 |
|
|
destination = 0;
|
| 2944 |
|
|
hh = NULL;
|
| 2945 |
|
|
if (r_indx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
| 2946 |
|
|
{
|
| 2947 |
|
|
/* It's a local symbol. */
|
| 2948 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
|
| 2949 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
| 2950 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
unsigned int shndx;
|
| 2951 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
|
| 2952 |
|
|
sym = local_syms + r_indx;
|
| 2953 |
|
|
if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION)
|
| 2954 |
|
|
sym_value = sym->st_value;
|
| 2955 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
shndx = sym->st_shndx;
|
| 2956 |
|
|
if (shndx < elf_numsections (input_bfd))
|
| 2957 |
|
|
{
|
| 2958 |
|
|
hdr = elf_elfsections (input_bfd)[shndx];
|
| 2959 |
|
|
sym_sec = hdr->bfd_section;
|
| 2960 |
|
|
destination = (sym_value + irela->r_addend
|
| 2961 |
|
|
+ sym_sec->output_offset
|
| 2962 |
|
|
+ sym_sec->output_section->vma);
|
| 2963 |
|
|
}
|
| 2964 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
}
|
| 2965 |
|
|
else
|
| 2966 |
|
|
{
|
| 2967 |
|
|
/* It's an external symbol. */
|
| 2968 |
|
|
int e_indx;
|
| 2969 |
|
|
|
| 2970 |
|
|
e_indx = r_indx - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
| 2971 |
|
|
hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd)[e_indx]);
|
| 2972 |
|
|
|
| 2973 |
|
|
while (hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
| 2974 |
|
|
|| hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
| 2975 |
|
|
hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (hh->eh.root.u.i.link);
|
| 2976 |
|
|
|
| 2977 |
|
|
if (hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
| 2978 |
|
|
|| hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
|
| 2979 |
|
|
{
|
| 2980 |
|
|
sym_sec = hh->eh.root.u.def.section;
|
| 2981 |
|
|
sym_value = hh->eh.root.u.def.value;
|
| 2982 |
|
|
if (sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
|
| 2983 |
|
|
destination = (sym_value + irela->r_addend
|
| 2984 |
|
|
+ sym_sec->output_offset
|
| 2985 |
|
|
+ sym_sec->output_section->vma);
|
| 2986 |
|
|
}
|
| 2987 |
|
|
else if (hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
| 2988 |
|
|
{
|
| 2989 |
|
|
if (! info->shared)
|
| 2990 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 2991 |
|
|
}
|
| 2992 |
|
|
else if (hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
|
| 2993 |
|
|
{
|
| 2994 |
|
|
if (! (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
|
| 2995 |
|
|
&& (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (hh->eh.other)
|
| 2996 |
|
|
== STV_DEFAULT)
|
| 2997 |
|
|
&& hh->eh.type != STT_PARISC_MILLI))
|
| 2998 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 2999 |
|
|
}
|
| 3000 |
|
|
else
|
| 3001 |
|
|
{
|
| 3002 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
| 3003 |
|
|
goto error_ret_free_internal;
|
| 3004 |
|
|
}
|
| 3005 |
|
|
}
|
| 3006 |
|
|
|
| 3007 |
|
|
/* Determine what (if any) linker stub is needed. */
|
| 3008 |
|
|
stub_type = hppa_type_of_stub (section, irela, hh,
|
| 3009 |
|
|
destination, info);
|
| 3010 |
|
|
if (stub_type == hppa_stub_none)
|
| 3011 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 3012 |
|
|
|
| 3013 |
|
|
/* Support for grouping stub sections. */
|
| 3014 |
|
|
id_sec = htab->stub_group[section->id].link_sec;
|
| 3015 |
|
|
|
| 3016 |
|
|
/* Get the name of this stub. */
|
| 3017 |
|
|
stub_name = hppa_stub_name (id_sec, sym_sec, hh, irela);
|
| 3018 |
|
|
if (!stub_name)
|
| 3019 |
|
|
goto error_ret_free_internal;
|
| 3020 |
|
|
|
| 3021 |
|
|
hsh = hppa_stub_hash_lookup (&htab->bstab,
|
| 3022 |
|
|
stub_name,
|
| 3023 |
|
|
FALSE, FALSE);
|
| 3024 |
|
|
if (hsh != NULL)
|
| 3025 |
|
|
{
|
| 3026 |
|
|
/* The proper stub has already been created. */
|
| 3027 |
|
|
free (stub_name);
|
| 3028 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 3029 |
|
|
}
|
| 3030 |
|
|
|
| 3031 |
|
|
hsh = hppa_add_stub (stub_name, section, htab);
|
| 3032 |
|
|
if (hsh == NULL)
|
| 3033 |
|
|
{
|
| 3034 |
|
|
free (stub_name);
|
| 3035 |
|
|
goto error_ret_free_internal;
|
| 3036 |
|
|
}
|
| 3037 |
|
|
|
| 3038 |
|
|
hsh->target_value = sym_value;
|
| 3039 |
|
|
hsh->target_section = sym_sec;
|
| 3040 |
|
|
hsh->stub_type = stub_type;
|
| 3041 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
| 3042 |
|
|
{
|
| 3043 |
|
|
if (stub_type == hppa_stub_import)
|
| 3044 |
|
|
hsh->stub_type = hppa_stub_import_shared;
|
| 3045 |
|
|
else if (stub_type == hppa_stub_long_branch)
|
| 3046 |
|
|
hsh->stub_type = hppa_stub_long_branch_shared;
|
| 3047 |
|
|
}
|
| 3048 |
|
|
hsh->hh = hh;
|
| 3049 |
|
|
stub_changed = TRUE;
|
| 3050 |
|
|
}
|
| 3051 |
|
|
|
| 3052 |
|
|
/* We're done with the internal relocs, free them. */
|
| 3053 |
|
|
if (elf_section_data (section)->relocs == NULL)
|
| 3054 |
|
|
free (internal_relocs);
|
| 3055 |
|
|
}
|
| 3056 |
|
|
}
|
| 3057 |
|
|
|
| 3058 |
|
|
if (!stub_changed)
|
| 3059 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3060 |
|
|
|
| 3061 |
|
|
/* OK, we've added some stubs. Find out the new size of the
|
| 3062 |
|
|
stub sections. */
|
| 3063 |
|
|
for (stub_sec = htab->stub_bfd->sections;
|
| 3064 |
|
|
stub_sec != NULL;
|
| 3065 |
|
|
stub_sec = stub_sec->next)
|
| 3066 |
|
|
stub_sec->size = 0;
|
| 3067 |
|
|
|
| 3068 |
|
|
bfd_hash_traverse (&htab->bstab, hppa_size_one_stub, htab);
|
| 3069 |
|
|
|
| 3070 |
|
|
/* Ask the linker to do its stuff. */
|
| 3071 |
|
|
(*htab->layout_sections_again) ();
|
| 3072 |
|
|
stub_changed = FALSE;
|
| 3073 |
|
|
}
|
| 3074 |
|
|
|
| 3075 |
|
|
free (htab->all_local_syms);
|
| 3076 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 3077 |
|
|
|
| 3078 |
|
|
error_ret_free_local:
|
| 3079 |
|
|
free (htab->all_local_syms);
|
| 3080 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 3081 |
|
|
}
|
| 3082 |
|
|
|
| 3083 |
|
|
/* For a final link, this function is called after we have sized the
|
| 3084 |
|
|
stubs to provide a value for __gp. */
|
| 3085 |
|
|
|
| 3086 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 3087 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_set_gp (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 3088 |
|
|
{
|
| 3089 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
|
| 3090 |
|
|
asection *sec = NULL;
|
| 3091 |
|
|
bfd_vma gp_val = 0;
|
| 3092 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 3093 |
|
|
|
| 3094 |
|
|
htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
|
| 3095 |
|
|
h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab->etab.root, "$global$", FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
|
| 3096 |
|
|
|
| 3097 |
|
|
if (h != NULL
|
| 3098 |
|
|
&& (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
| 3099 |
|
|
|| h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
|
| 3100 |
|
|
{
|
| 3101 |
|
|
gp_val = h->u.def.value;
|
| 3102 |
|
|
sec = h->u.def.section;
|
| 3103 |
|
|
}
|
| 3104 |
|
|
else
|
| 3105 |
|
|
{
|
| 3106 |
|
|
asection *splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
|
| 3107 |
|
|
asection *sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
|
| 3108 |
|
|
|
| 3109 |
|
|
/* Choose to point our LTP at, in this order, one of .plt, .got,
|
| 3110 |
|
|
or .data, if these sections exist. In the case of choosing
|
| 3111 |
|
|
.plt try to make the LTP ideal for addressing anywhere in the
|
| 3112 |
|
|
.plt or .got with a 14 bit signed offset. Typically, the end
|
| 3113 |
|
|
of the .plt is the start of the .got, so choose .plt + 0x2000
|
| 3114 |
|
|
if either the .plt or .got is larger than 0x2000. If both
|
| 3115 |
|
|
the .plt and .got are smaller than 0x2000, choose the end of
|
| 3116 |
|
|
the .plt section. */
|
| 3117 |
|
|
sec = strcmp (bfd_get_target (abfd), "elf32-hppa-netbsd") == 0
|
| 3118 |
|
|
? NULL : splt;
|
| 3119 |
|
|
if (sec != NULL)
|
| 3120 |
|
|
{
|
| 3121 |
|
|
gp_val = sec->size;
|
| 3122 |
|
|
if (gp_val > 0x2000 || (sgot && sgot->size > 0x2000))
|
| 3123 |
|
|
{
|
| 3124 |
|
|
gp_val = 0x2000;
|
| 3125 |
|
|
}
|
| 3126 |
|
|
}
|
| 3127 |
|
|
else
|
| 3128 |
|
|
{
|
| 3129 |
|
|
sec = sgot;
|
| 3130 |
|
|
if (sec != NULL)
|
| 3131 |
|
|
{
|
| 3132 |
|
|
if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (abfd), "elf32-hppa-netbsd") != 0)
|
| 3133 |
|
|
{
|
| 3134 |
|
|
/* We know we don't have a .plt. If .got is large,
|
| 3135 |
|
|
offset our LTP. */
|
| 3136 |
|
|
if (sec->size > 0x2000)
|
| 3137 |
|
|
gp_val = 0x2000;
|
| 3138 |
|
|
}
|
| 3139 |
|
|
}
|
| 3140 |
|
|
else
|
| 3141 |
|
|
{
|
| 3142 |
|
|
/* No .plt or .got. Who cares what the LTP is? */
|
| 3143 |
|
|
sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data");
|
| 3144 |
|
|
}
|
| 3145 |
|
|
}
|
| 3146 |
|
|
|
| 3147 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
| 3148 |
|
|
{
|
| 3149 |
|
|
h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
|
| 3150 |
|
|
h->u.def.value = gp_val;
|
| 3151 |
|
|
if (sec != NULL)
|
| 3152 |
|
|
h->u.def.section = sec;
|
| 3153 |
|
|
else
|
| 3154 |
|
|
h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
|
| 3155 |
|
|
}
|
| 3156 |
|
|
}
|
| 3157 |
|
|
|
| 3158 |
|
|
if (sec != NULL && sec->output_section != NULL)
|
| 3159 |
|
|
gp_val += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
|
| 3160 |
|
|
|
| 3161 |
|
|
elf_gp (abfd) = gp_val;
|
| 3162 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 3163 |
|
|
}
|
| 3164 |
|
|
|
| 3165 |
|
|
/* Build all the stubs associated with the current output file. The
|
| 3166 |
|
|
stubs are kept in a hash table attached to the main linker hash
|
| 3167 |
|
|
table. We also set up the .plt entries for statically linked PIC
|
| 3168 |
|
|
functions here. This function is called via hppaelf_finish in the
|
| 3169 |
|
|
linker. */
|
| 3170 |
|
|
|
| 3171 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 3172 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_build_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 3173 |
|
|
{
|
| 3174 |
|
|
asection *stub_sec;
|
| 3175 |
|
|
struct bfd_hash_table *table;
|
| 3176 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 3177 |
|
|
|
| 3178 |
|
|
htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
|
| 3179 |
|
|
|
| 3180 |
|
|
for (stub_sec = htab->stub_bfd->sections;
|
| 3181 |
|
|
stub_sec != NULL;
|
| 3182 |
|
|
stub_sec = stub_sec->next)
|
| 3183 |
|
|
{
|
| 3184 |
|
|
bfd_size_type size;
|
| 3185 |
|
|
|
| 3186 |
|
|
/* Allocate memory to hold the linker stubs. */
|
| 3187 |
|
|
size = stub_sec->size;
|
| 3188 |
|
|
stub_sec->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->stub_bfd, size);
|
| 3189 |
|
|
if (stub_sec->contents == NULL && size != 0)
|
| 3190 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 3191 |
|
|
stub_sec->size = 0;
|
| 3192 |
|
|
}
|
| 3193 |
|
|
|
| 3194 |
|
|
/* Build the stubs as directed by the stub hash table. */
|
| 3195 |
|
|
table = &htab->bstab;
|
| 3196 |
|
|
bfd_hash_traverse (table, hppa_build_one_stub, info);
|
| 3197 |
|
|
|
| 3198 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 3199 |
|
|
}
|
| 3200 |
|
|
|
| 3201 |
|
|
/* Return the base vma address which should be subtracted from the real
|
| 3202 |
|
|
address when resolving a dtpoff relocation.
|
| 3203 |
|
|
This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */
|
| 3204 |
|
|
|
| 3205 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
| 3206 |
|
|
dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 3207 |
|
|
{
|
| 3208 |
|
|
/* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
|
| 3209 |
|
|
if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
|
| 3210 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3211 |
|
|
return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
|
| 3212 |
|
|
}
|
| 3213 |
|
|
|
| 3214 |
|
|
/* Return the relocation value for R_PARISC_TLS_TPOFF*.. */
|
| 3215 |
|
|
|
| 3216 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
| 3217 |
|
|
tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
|
| 3218 |
|
|
{
|
| 3219 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 3220 |
|
|
|
| 3221 |
|
|
/* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
|
| 3222 |
|
|
if (htab->tls_sec == NULL)
|
| 3223 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3224 |
|
|
/* hppa TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after
|
| 3225 |
|
|
tcbhead structure which has 2 pointer fields. */
|
| 3226 |
|
|
return (address - htab->tls_sec->vma
|
| 3227 |
|
|
+ align_power ((bfd_vma) 8, htab->tls_sec->alignment_power));
|
| 3228 |
|
|
}
|
| 3229 |
|
|
|
| 3230 |
|
|
/* Perform a final link. */
|
| 3231 |
|
|
|
| 3232 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 3233 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 3234 |
|
|
{
|
| 3235 |
|
|
/* Invoke the regular ELF linker to do all the work. */
|
| 3236 |
|
|
if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
|
| 3237 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 3238 |
|
|
|
| 3239 |
|
|
/* If we're producing a final executable, sort the contents of the
|
| 3240 |
|
|
unwind section. */
|
| 3241 |
|
|
return elf_hppa_sort_unwind (abfd);
|
| 3242 |
|
|
}
|
| 3243 |
|
|
|
| 3244 |
|
|
/* Record the lowest address for the data and text segments. */
|
| 3245 |
|
|
|
| 3246 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3247 |
|
|
hppa_record_segment_addr (bfd *abfd, asection *section, void *data)
|
| 3248 |
|
|
{
|
| 3249 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 3250 |
|
|
|
| 3251 |
|
|
htab = (struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table*) data;
|
| 3252 |
|
|
|
| 3253 |
|
|
if ((section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
|
| 3254 |
|
|
{
|
| 3255 |
|
|
bfd_vma value;
|
| 3256 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
|
| 3257 |
|
|
|
| 3258 |
|
|
p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (abfd, section->output_section);
|
| 3259 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (p != NULL);
|
| 3260 |
|
|
value = p->p_vaddr;
|
| 3261 |
|
|
|
| 3262 |
|
|
if ((section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
|
| 3263 |
|
|
{
|
| 3264 |
|
|
if (value < htab->text_segment_base)
|
| 3265 |
|
|
htab->text_segment_base = value;
|
| 3266 |
|
|
}
|
| 3267 |
|
|
else
|
| 3268 |
|
|
{
|
| 3269 |
|
|
if (value < htab->data_segment_base)
|
| 3270 |
|
|
htab->data_segment_base = value;
|
| 3271 |
|
|
}
|
| 3272 |
|
|
}
|
| 3273 |
|
|
}
|
| 3274 |
|
|
|
| 3275 |
|
|
/* Perform a relocation as part of a final link. */
|
| 3276 |
|
|
|
| 3277 |
|
|
static bfd_reloc_status_type
|
| 3278 |
|
|
final_link_relocate (asection *input_section,
|
| 3279 |
|
|
bfd_byte *contents,
|
| 3280 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela,
|
| 3281 |
|
|
bfd_vma value,
|
| 3282 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab,
|
| 3283 |
|
|
asection *sym_sec,
|
| 3284 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh,
|
| 3285 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 3286 |
|
|
{
|
| 3287 |
|
|
int insn;
|
| 3288 |
|
|
unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info);
|
| 3289 |
|
|
unsigned int orig_r_type = r_type;
|
| 3290 |
|
|
reloc_howto_type *howto = elf_hppa_howto_table + r_type;
|
| 3291 |
|
|
int r_format = howto->bitsize;
|
| 3292 |
|
|
enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field;
|
| 3293 |
|
|
bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
|
| 3294 |
|
|
bfd_vma offset = rela->r_offset;
|
| 3295 |
|
|
bfd_vma max_branch_offset = 0;
|
| 3296 |
|
|
bfd_byte *hit_data = contents + offset;
|
| 3297 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma addend = rela->r_addend;
|
| 3298 |
|
|
bfd_vma location;
|
| 3299 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh = NULL;
|
| 3300 |
|
|
int val;
|
| 3301 |
|
|
|
| 3302 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_PARISC_NONE)
|
| 3303 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
| 3304 |
|
|
|
| 3305 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, hit_data);
|
| 3306 |
|
|
|
| 3307 |
|
|
/* Find out where we are and where we're going. */
|
| 3308 |
|
|
location = (offset +
|
| 3309 |
|
|
input_section->output_offset +
|
| 3310 |
|
|
input_section->output_section->vma);
|
| 3311 |
|
|
|
| 3312 |
|
|
/* If we are not building a shared library, convert DLTIND relocs to
|
| 3313 |
|
|
DPREL relocs. */
|
| 3314 |
|
|
if (!info->shared)
|
| 3315 |
|
|
{
|
| 3316 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
| 3317 |
|
|
{
|
| 3318 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DLTIND21L:
|
| 3319 |
|
|
r_type = R_PARISC_DPREL21L;
|
| 3320 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3321 |
|
|
|
| 3322 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DLTIND14R:
|
| 3323 |
|
|
r_type = R_PARISC_DPREL14R;
|
| 3324 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3325 |
|
|
|
| 3326 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DLTIND14F:
|
| 3327 |
|
|
r_type = R_PARISC_DPREL14F;
|
| 3328 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3329 |
|
|
}
|
| 3330 |
|
|
}
|
| 3331 |
|
|
|
| 3332 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
| 3333 |
|
|
{
|
| 3334 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL12F:
|
| 3335 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
|
| 3336 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL22F:
|
| 3337 |
|
|
/* If this call should go via the plt, find the import stub in
|
| 3338 |
|
|
the stub hash. */
|
| 3339 |
|
|
if (sym_sec == NULL
|
| 3340 |
|
|
|| sym_sec->output_section == NULL
|
| 3341 |
|
|
|| (hh != NULL
|
| 3342 |
|
|
&& hh->eh.plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
|
| 3343 |
|
|
&& hh->eh.dynindx != -1
|
| 3344 |
|
|
&& !hh->plabel
|
| 3345 |
|
|
&& (info->shared
|
| 3346 |
|
|
|| !hh->eh.def_regular
|
| 3347 |
|
|
|| hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)))
|
| 3348 |
|
|
{
|
| 3349 |
|
|
hsh = hppa_get_stub_entry (input_section, sym_sec,
|
| 3350 |
|
|
hh, rela, htab);
|
| 3351 |
|
|
if (hsh != NULL)
|
| 3352 |
|
|
{
|
| 3353 |
|
|
value = (hsh->stub_offset
|
| 3354 |
|
|
+ hsh->stub_sec->output_offset
|
| 3355 |
|
|
+ hsh->stub_sec->output_section->vma);
|
| 3356 |
|
|
addend = 0;
|
| 3357 |
|
|
}
|
| 3358 |
|
|
else if (sym_sec == NULL && hh != NULL
|
| 3359 |
|
|
&& hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
| 3360 |
|
|
{
|
| 3361 |
|
|
/* It's OK if undefined weak. Calls to undefined weak
|
| 3362 |
|
|
symbols behave as if the "called" function
|
| 3363 |
|
|
immediately returns. We can thus call to a weak
|
| 3364 |
|
|
function without first checking whether the function
|
| 3365 |
|
|
is defined. */
|
| 3366 |
|
|
value = location;
|
| 3367 |
|
|
addend = 8;
|
| 3368 |
|
|
}
|
| 3369 |
|
|
else
|
| 3370 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_undefined;
|
| 3371 |
|
|
}
|
| 3372 |
|
|
/* Fall thru. */
|
| 3373 |
|
|
|
| 3374 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
|
| 3375 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
|
| 3376 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
|
| 3377 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL14R:
|
| 3378 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL14F:
|
| 3379 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL32:
|
| 3380 |
|
|
/* Make it a pc relative offset. */
|
| 3381 |
|
|
value -= location;
|
| 3382 |
|
|
addend -= 8;
|
| 3383 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3384 |
|
|
|
| 3385 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
|
| 3386 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
|
| 3387 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DPREL14F:
|
| 3388 |
|
|
/* Convert instructions that use the linkage table pointer (r19) to
|
| 3389 |
|
|
instructions that use the global data pointer (dp). This is the
|
| 3390 |
|
|
most efficient way of using PIC code in an incomplete executable,
|
| 3391 |
|
|
but the user must follow the standard runtime conventions for
|
| 3392 |
|
|
accessing data for this to work. */
|
| 3393 |
|
|
if (orig_r_type == R_PARISC_DLTIND21L)
|
| 3394 |
|
|
{
|
| 3395 |
|
|
/* Convert addil instructions if the original reloc was a
|
| 3396 |
|
|
DLTIND21L. GCC sometimes uses a register other than r19 for
|
| 3397 |
|
|
the operation, so we must convert any addil instruction
|
| 3398 |
|
|
that uses this relocation. */
|
| 3399 |
|
|
if ((insn & 0xfc000000) == ((int) OP_ADDIL << 26))
|
| 3400 |
|
|
insn = ADDIL_DP;
|
| 3401 |
|
|
else
|
| 3402 |
|
|
/* We must have a ldil instruction. It's too hard to find
|
| 3403 |
|
|
and convert the associated add instruction, so issue an
|
| 3404 |
|
|
error. */
|
| 3405 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| 3406 |
|
|
(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s fixup for insn 0x%x is not supported in a non-shared link"),
|
| 3407 |
|
|
input_bfd,
|
| 3408 |
|
|
input_section,
|
| 3409 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
(long) offset,
|
| 3410 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
howto->name,
|
| 3411 |
|
|
insn);
|
| 3412 |
|
|
}
|
| 3413 |
|
|
else if (orig_r_type == R_PARISC_DLTIND14F)
|
| 3414 |
|
|
{
|
| 3415 |
|
|
/* This must be a format 1 load/store. Change the base
|
| 3416 |
|
|
register to dp. */
|
| 3417 |
|
|
insn = (insn & 0xfc1ffff) | (27 << 21);
|
| 3418 |
|
|
}
|
| 3419 |
|
|
|
| 3420 |
|
|
/* For all the DP relative relocations, we need to examine the symbol's
|
| 3421 |
|
|
section. If it has no section or if it's a code section, then
|
| 3422 |
|
|
"data pointer relative" makes no sense. In that case we don't
|
| 3423 |
|
|
adjust the "value", and for 21 bit addil instructions, we change the
|
| 3424 |
|
|
source addend register from %dp to %r0. This situation commonly
|
| 3425 |
|
|
arises for undefined weak symbols and when a variable's "constness"
|
| 3426 |
|
|
is declared differently from the way the variable is defined. For
|
| 3427 |
|
|
instance: "extern int foo" with foo defined as "const int foo". */
|
| 3428 |
|
|
if (sym_sec == NULL || (sym_sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
|
| 3429 |
|
|
{
|
| 3430 |
|
|
if ((insn & ((0x3f << 26) | (0x1f << 21)))
|
| 3431 |
|
|
== (((int) OP_ADDIL << 26) | (27 << 21)))
|
| 3432 |
|
|
{
|
| 3433 |
|
|
insn &= ~ (0x1f << 21);
|
| 3434 |
|
|
}
|
| 3435 |
|
|
/* Now try to make things easy for the dynamic linker. */
|
| 3436 |
|
|
|
| 3437 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3438 |
|
|
}
|
| 3439 |
|
|
/* Fall thru. */
|
| 3440 |
|
|
|
| 3441 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DLTIND21L:
|
| 3442 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DLTIND14R:
|
| 3443 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DLTIND14F:
|
| 3444 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
|
| 3445 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
|
| 3446 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
|
| 3447 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
|
| 3448 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
|
| 3449 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
|
| 3450 |
|
|
value -= elf_gp (input_section->output_section->owner);
|
| 3451 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3452 |
|
|
|
| 3453 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_SEGREL32:
|
| 3454 |
|
|
if ((sym_sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
|
| 3455 |
|
|
value -= htab->text_segment_base;
|
| 3456 |
|
|
else
|
| 3457 |
|
|
value -= htab->data_segment_base;
|
| 3458 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3459 |
|
|
|
| 3460 |
|
|
default:
|
| 3461 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3462 |
|
|
}
|
| 3463 |
|
|
|
| 3464 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
| 3465 |
|
|
{
|
| 3466 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DIR32:
|
| 3467 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DIR14F:
|
| 3468 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
|
| 3469 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
|
| 3470 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL14F:
|
| 3471 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL32:
|
| 3472 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DPREL14F:
|
| 3473 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
|
| 3474 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DLTIND14F:
|
| 3475 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_SEGBASE:
|
| 3476 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_SEGREL32:
|
| 3477 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_DTPMOD32:
|
| 3478 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_DTPOFF32:
|
| 3479 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_TPREL32:
|
| 3480 |
|
|
r_field = e_fsel;
|
| 3481 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3482 |
|
|
|
| 3483 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DLTIND21L:
|
| 3484 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
|
| 3485 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
|
| 3486 |
|
|
r_field = e_lsel;
|
| 3487 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3488 |
|
|
|
| 3489 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
|
| 3490 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
|
| 3491 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
|
| 3492 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
|
| 3493 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L:
|
| 3494 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
|
| 3495 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L:
|
| 3496 |
|
|
r_field = e_lrsel;
|
| 3497 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3498 |
|
|
|
| 3499 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
|
| 3500 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL14R:
|
| 3501 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
|
| 3502 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DLTIND14R:
|
| 3503 |
|
|
r_field = e_rsel;
|
| 3504 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3505 |
|
|
|
| 3506 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
|
| 3507 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
|
| 3508 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
|
| 3509 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
|
| 3510 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
|
| 3511 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_LDO14R:
|
| 3512 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
|
| 3513 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R:
|
| 3514 |
|
|
r_field = e_rrsel;
|
| 3515 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3516 |
|
|
|
| 3517 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL12F:
|
| 3518 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
|
| 3519 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL22F:
|
| 3520 |
|
|
r_field = e_fsel;
|
| 3521 |
|
|
|
| 3522 |
|
|
if (r_type == (unsigned int) R_PARISC_PCREL17F)
|
| 3523 |
|
|
{
|
| 3524 |
|
|
max_branch_offset = (1 << (17-1)) << 2;
|
| 3525 |
|
|
}
|
| 3526 |
|
|
else if (r_type == (unsigned int) R_PARISC_PCREL12F)
|
| 3527 |
|
|
{
|
| 3528 |
|
|
max_branch_offset = (1 << (12-1)) << 2;
|
| 3529 |
|
|
}
|
| 3530 |
|
|
else
|
| 3531 |
|
|
{
|
| 3532 |
|
|
max_branch_offset = (1 << (22-1)) << 2;
|
| 3533 |
|
|
}
|
| 3534 |
|
|
|
| 3535 |
|
|
/* sym_sec is NULL on undefined weak syms or when shared on
|
| 3536 |
|
|
undefined syms. We've already checked for a stub for the
|
| 3537 |
|
|
shared undefined case. */
|
| 3538 |
|
|
if (sym_sec == NULL)
|
| 3539 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3540 |
|
|
|
| 3541 |
|
|
/* If the branch is out of reach, then redirect the
|
| 3542 |
|
|
call to the local stub for this function. */
|
| 3543 |
|
|
if (value + addend + max_branch_offset >= 2*max_branch_offset)
|
| 3544 |
|
|
{
|
| 3545 |
|
|
hsh = hppa_get_stub_entry (input_section, sym_sec,
|
| 3546 |
|
|
hh, rela, htab);
|
| 3547 |
|
|
if (hsh == NULL)
|
| 3548 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_undefined;
|
| 3549 |
|
|
|
| 3550 |
|
|
/* Munge up the value and addend so that we call the stub
|
| 3551 |
|
|
rather than the procedure directly. */
|
| 3552 |
|
|
value = (hsh->stub_offset
|
| 3553 |
|
|
+ hsh->stub_sec->output_offset
|
| 3554 |
|
|
+ hsh->stub_sec->output_section->vma
|
| 3555 |
|
|
- location);
|
| 3556 |
|
|
addend = -8;
|
| 3557 |
|
|
}
|
| 3558 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3559 |
|
|
|
| 3560 |
|
|
/* Something we don't know how to handle. */
|
| 3561 |
|
|
default:
|
| 3562 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
|
| 3563 |
|
|
}
|
| 3564 |
|
|
|
| 3565 |
|
|
/* Make sure we can reach the stub. */
|
| 3566 |
|
|
if (max_branch_offset != 0
|
| 3567 |
|
|
&& value + addend + max_branch_offset >= 2*max_branch_offset)
|
| 3568 |
|
|
{
|
| 3569 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| 3570 |
|
|
(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot reach %s, recompile with -ffunction-sections"),
|
| 3571 |
|
|
input_bfd,
|
| 3572 |
|
|
input_section,
|
| 3573 |
225 |
jeremybenn |
(long) offset,
|
| 3574 |
24 |
jeremybenn |
hsh->bh_root.string);
|
| 3575 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
| 3576 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
|
| 3577 |
|
|
}
|
| 3578 |
|
|
|
| 3579 |
|
|
val = hppa_field_adjust (value, addend, r_field);
|
| 3580 |
|
|
|
| 3581 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
| 3582 |
|
|
{
|
| 3583 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL12F:
|
| 3584 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
|
| 3585 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
|
| 3586 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
|
| 3587 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL22F:
|
| 3588 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
|
| 3589 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
|
| 3590 |
|
|
/* This is a branch. Divide the offset by four.
|
| 3591 |
|
|
Note that we need to decide whether it's a branch or
|
| 3592 |
|
|
otherwise by inspecting the reloc. Inspecting insn won't
|
| 3593 |
|
|
work as insn might be from a .word directive. */
|
| 3594 |
|
|
val >>= 2;
|
| 3595 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3596 |
|
|
|
| 3597 |
|
|
default:
|
| 3598 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3599 |
|
|
}
|
| 3600 |
|
|
|
| 3601 |
|
|
insn = hppa_rebuild_insn (insn, val, r_format);
|
| 3602 |
|
|
|
| 3603 |
|
|
/* Update the instruction word. */
|
| 3604 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
|
| 3605 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
| 3606 |
|
|
}
|
| 3607 |
|
|
|
| 3608 |
|
|
/* Relocate an HPPA ELF section. */
|
| 3609 |
|
|
|
| 3610 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 3611 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
|
| 3612 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 3613 |
|
|
bfd *input_bfd,
|
| 3614 |
|
|
asection *input_section,
|
| 3615 |
|
|
bfd_byte *contents,
|
| 3616 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
|
| 3617 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
|
| 3618 |
|
|
asection **local_sections)
|
| 3619 |
|
|
{
|
| 3620 |
|
|
bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
|
| 3621 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 3622 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
| 3623 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *rela;
|
| 3624 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
|
| 3625 |
|
|
|
| 3626 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
| 3627 |
|
|
|
| 3628 |
|
|
htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
|
| 3629 |
|
|
local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
|
| 3630 |
|
|
|
| 3631 |
|
|
rela = relocs;
|
| 3632 |
|
|
relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
|
| 3633 |
|
|
for (; rela < relend; rela++)
|
| 3634 |
|
|
{
|
| 3635 |
|
|
unsigned int r_type;
|
| 3636 |
|
|
reloc_howto_type *howto;
|
| 3637 |
|
|
unsigned int r_symndx;
|
| 3638 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
|
| 3639 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
|
| 3640 |
|
|
asection *sym_sec;
|
| 3641 |
|
|
bfd_vma relocation;
|
| 3642 |
|
|
bfd_reloc_status_type rstatus;
|
| 3643 |
|
|
const char *sym_name;
|
| 3644 |
|
|
bfd_boolean plabel;
|
| 3645 |
|
|
bfd_boolean warned_undef;
|
| 3646 |
|
|
|
| 3647 |
|
|
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info);
|
| 3648 |
|
|
if (r_type >= (unsigned int) R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED)
|
| 3649 |
|
|
{
|
| 3650 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
| 3651 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 3652 |
|
|
}
|
| 3653 |
|
|
if (r_type == (unsigned int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
|
| 3654 |
|
|
|| r_type == (unsigned int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
|
| 3655 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 3656 |
|
|
|
| 3657 |
|
|
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rela->r_info);
|
| 3658 |
|
|
hh = NULL;
|
| 3659 |
|
|
sym = NULL;
|
| 3660 |
|
|
sym_sec = NULL;
|
| 3661 |
|
|
warned_undef = FALSE;
|
| 3662 |
|
|
if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
| 3663 |
|
|
{
|
| 3664 |
|
|
/* This is a local symbol, h defaults to NULL. */
|
| 3665 |
|
|
sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
|
| 3666 |
|
|
sym_sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
|
| 3667 |
|
|
relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sym_sec, rela);
|
| 3668 |
|
|
}
|
| 3669 |
|
|
else
|
| 3670 |
|
|
{
|
| 3671 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
|
| 3672 |
|
|
bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
|
| 3673 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
|
| 3674 |
|
|
|
| 3675 |
|
|
RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rela,
|
| 3676 |
|
|
r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
|
| 3677 |
|
|
eh, sym_sec, relocation,
|
| 3678 |
|
|
unresolved_reloc, warned_undef);
|
| 3679 |
|
|
|
| 3680 |
|
|
if (!info->relocatable
|
| 3681 |
|
|
&& relocation == 0
|
| 3682 |
|
|
&& eh->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
|
| 3683 |
|
|
&& eh->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak
|
| 3684 |
|
|
&& eh->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
| 3685 |
|
|
{
|
| 3686 |
|
|
if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
|
| 3687 |
|
|
&& ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh->other) == STV_DEFAULT
|
| 3688 |
|
|
&& eh->type == STT_PARISC_MILLI)
|
| 3689 |
|
|
{
|
| 3690 |
|
|
if (! info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
|
| 3691 |
|
|
(info, eh_name (eh), input_bfd,
|
| 3692 |
|
|
input_section, rela->r_offset, FALSE))
|
| 3693 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 3694 |
|
|
warned_undef = TRUE;
|
| 3695 |
|
|
}
|
| 3696 |
|
|
}
|
| 3697 |
|
|
hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh);
|
| 3698 |
|
|
}
|
| 3699 |
|
|
|
| 3700 |
|
|
if (sym_sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sym_sec))
|
| 3701 |
|
|
{
|
| 3702 |
|
|
/* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce
|
| 3703 |
|
|
sections, or sections discarded by a linker script,
|
| 3704 |
|
|
we just want the section contents zeroed. Avoid any
|
| 3705 |
|
|
special processing. */
|
| 3706 |
|
|
_bfd_clear_contents (elf_hppa_howto_table + r_type, input_bfd,
|
| 3707 |
|
|
contents + rela->r_offset);
|
| 3708 |
|
|
rela->r_info = 0;
|
| 3709 |
|
|
rela->r_addend = 0;
|
| 3710 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 3711 |
|
|
}
|
| 3712 |
|
|
|
| 3713 |
|
|
if (info->relocatable)
|
| 3714 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 3715 |
|
|
|
| 3716 |
|
|
/* Do any required modifications to the relocation value, and
|
| 3717 |
|
|
determine what types of dynamic info we need to output, if
|
| 3718 |
|
|
any. */
|
| 3719 |
|
|
plabel = 0;
|
| 3720 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
| 3721 |
|
|
{
|
| 3722 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DLTIND14F:
|
| 3723 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DLTIND14R:
|
| 3724 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DLTIND21L:
|
| 3725 |
|
|
{
|
| 3726 |
|
|
bfd_vma off;
|
| 3727 |
|
|
bfd_boolean do_got = 0;
|
| 3728 |
|
|
|
| 3729 |
|
|
/* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
|
| 3730 |
|
|
global offset table. */
|
| 3731 |
|
|
if (hh != NULL)
|
| 3732 |
|
|
{
|
| 3733 |
|
|
bfd_boolean dyn;
|
| 3734 |
|
|
|
| 3735 |
|
|
off = hh->eh.got.offset;
|
| 3736 |
|
|
dyn = htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created;
|
| 3737 |
|
|
if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared,
|
| 3738 |
|
|
&hh->eh))
|
| 3739 |
|
|
{
|
| 3740 |
|
|
/* If we aren't going to call finish_dynamic_symbol,
|
| 3741 |
|
|
then we need to handle initialisation of the .got
|
| 3742 |
|
|
entry and create needed relocs here. Since the
|
| 3743 |
|
|
offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
|
| 3744 |
|
|
least significant bit to record whether we have
|
| 3745 |
|
|
initialised it already. */
|
| 3746 |
|
|
if ((off & 1) != 0)
|
| 3747 |
|
|
off &= ~1;
|
| 3748 |
|
|
else
|
| 3749 |
|
|
{
|
| 3750 |
|
|
hh->eh.got.offset |= 1;
|
| 3751 |
|
|
do_got = 1;
|
| 3752 |
|
|
}
|
| 3753 |
|
|
}
|
| 3754 |
|
|
}
|
| 3755 |
|
|
else
|
| 3756 |
|
|
{
|
| 3757 |
|
|
/* Local symbol case. */
|
| 3758 |
|
|
if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
|
| 3759 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 3760 |
|
|
|
| 3761 |
|
|
off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
|
| 3762 |
|
|
|
| 3763 |
|
|
/* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use
|
| 3764 |
|
|
the least significant bit to record whether we have
|
| 3765 |
|
|
already generated the necessary reloc. */
|
| 3766 |
|
|
if ((off & 1) != 0)
|
| 3767 |
|
|
off &= ~1;
|
| 3768 |
|
|
else
|
| 3769 |
|
|
{
|
| 3770 |
|
|
local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
|
| 3771 |
|
|
do_got = 1;
|
| 3772 |
|
|
}
|
| 3773 |
|
|
}
|
| 3774 |
|
|
|
| 3775 |
|
|
if (do_got)
|
| 3776 |
|
|
{
|
| 3777 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
| 3778 |
|
|
{
|
| 3779 |
|
|
/* Output a dynamic relocation for this GOT entry.
|
| 3780 |
|
|
In this case it is relative to the base of the
|
| 3781 |
|
|
object because the symbol index is zero. */
|
| 3782 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
| 3783 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
| 3784 |
|
|
asection *sec = htab->srelgot;
|
| 3785 |
|
|
|
| 3786 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset = (off
|
| 3787 |
|
|
+ htab->sgot->output_offset
|
| 3788 |
|
|
+ htab->sgot->output_section->vma);
|
| 3789 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PARISC_DIR32);
|
| 3790 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = relocation;
|
| 3791 |
|
|
loc = sec->contents;
|
| 3792 |
|
|
loc += sec->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 3793 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
| 3794 |
|
|
}
|
| 3795 |
|
|
else
|
| 3796 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
|
| 3797 |
|
|
htab->sgot->contents + off);
|
| 3798 |
|
|
}
|
| 3799 |
|
|
|
| 3800 |
|
|
if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
|
| 3801 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 3802 |
|
|
|
| 3803 |
|
|
/* Add the base of the GOT to the relocation value. */
|
| 3804 |
|
|
relocation = (off
|
| 3805 |
|
|
+ htab->sgot->output_offset
|
| 3806 |
|
|
+ htab->sgot->output_section->vma);
|
| 3807 |
|
|
}
|
| 3808 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3809 |
|
|
|
| 3810 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_SEGREL32:
|
| 3811 |
|
|
/* If this is the first SEGREL relocation, then initialize
|
| 3812 |
|
|
the segment base values. */
|
| 3813 |
|
|
if (htab->text_segment_base == (bfd_vma) -1)
|
| 3814 |
|
|
bfd_map_over_sections (output_bfd, hppa_record_segment_addr, htab);
|
| 3815 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3816 |
|
|
|
| 3817 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
|
| 3818 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
|
| 3819 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
|
| 3820 |
|
|
if (htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created)
|
| 3821 |
|
|
{
|
| 3822 |
|
|
bfd_vma off;
|
| 3823 |
|
|
bfd_boolean do_plt = 0;
|
| 3824 |
|
|
/* If we have a global symbol with a PLT slot, then
|
| 3825 |
|
|
redirect this relocation to it. */
|
| 3826 |
|
|
if (hh != NULL)
|
| 3827 |
|
|
{
|
| 3828 |
|
|
off = hh->eh.plt.offset;
|
| 3829 |
|
|
if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, info->shared,
|
| 3830 |
|
|
&hh->eh))
|
| 3831 |
|
|
{
|
| 3832 |
|
|
/* In a non-shared link, adjust_dynamic_symbols
|
| 3833 |
|
|
isn't called for symbols forced local. We
|
| 3834 |
|
|
need to write out the plt entry here. */
|
| 3835 |
|
|
if ((off & 1) != 0)
|
| 3836 |
|
|
off &= ~1;
|
| 3837 |
|
|
else
|
| 3838 |
|
|
{
|
| 3839 |
|
|
hh->eh.plt.offset |= 1;
|
| 3840 |
|
|
do_plt = 1;
|
| 3841 |
|
|
}
|
| 3842 |
|
|
}
|
| 3843 |
|
|
}
|
| 3844 |
|
|
else
|
| 3845 |
|
|
{
|
| 3846 |
|
|
bfd_vma *local_plt_offsets;
|
| 3847 |
|
|
|
| 3848 |
|
|
if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
|
| 3849 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 3850 |
|
|
|
| 3851 |
|
|
local_plt_offsets = local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
| 3852 |
|
|
off = local_plt_offsets[r_symndx];
|
| 3853 |
|
|
|
| 3854 |
|
|
/* As for the local .got entry case, we use the last
|
| 3855 |
|
|
bit to record whether we've already initialised
|
| 3856 |
|
|
this local .plt entry. */
|
| 3857 |
|
|
if ((off & 1) != 0)
|
| 3858 |
|
|
off &= ~1;
|
| 3859 |
|
|
else
|
| 3860 |
|
|
{
|
| 3861 |
|
|
local_plt_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
|
| 3862 |
|
|
do_plt = 1;
|
| 3863 |
|
|
}
|
| 3864 |
|
|
}
|
| 3865 |
|
|
|
| 3866 |
|
|
if (do_plt)
|
| 3867 |
|
|
{
|
| 3868 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
| 3869 |
|
|
{
|
| 3870 |
|
|
/* Output a dynamic IPLT relocation for this
|
| 3871 |
|
|
PLT entry. */
|
| 3872 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
| 3873 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
| 3874 |
|
|
asection *s = htab->srelplt;
|
| 3875 |
|
|
|
| 3876 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset = (off
|
| 3877 |
|
|
+ htab->splt->output_offset
|
| 3878 |
|
|
+ htab->splt->output_section->vma);
|
| 3879 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PARISC_IPLT);
|
| 3880 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = relocation;
|
| 3881 |
|
|
loc = s->contents;
|
| 3882 |
|
|
loc += s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 3883 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
| 3884 |
|
|
}
|
| 3885 |
|
|
else
|
| 3886 |
|
|
{
|
| 3887 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
| 3888 |
|
|
relocation,
|
| 3889 |
|
|
htab->splt->contents + off);
|
| 3890 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
| 3891 |
|
|
elf_gp (htab->splt->output_section->owner),
|
| 3892 |
|
|
htab->splt->contents + off + 4);
|
| 3893 |
|
|
}
|
| 3894 |
|
|
}
|
| 3895 |
|
|
|
| 3896 |
|
|
if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
|
| 3897 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 3898 |
|
|
|
| 3899 |
|
|
/* PLABELs contain function pointers. Relocation is to
|
| 3900 |
|
|
the entry for the function in the .plt. The magic +2
|
| 3901 |
|
|
offset signals to $$dyncall that the function pointer
|
| 3902 |
|
|
is in the .plt and thus has a gp pointer too.
|
| 3903 |
|
|
Exception: Undefined PLABELs should have a value of
|
| 3904 |
|
|
zero. */
|
| 3905 |
|
|
if (hh == NULL
|
| 3906 |
|
|
|| (hh->eh.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
|
| 3907 |
|
|
&& hh->eh.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined))
|
| 3908 |
|
|
{
|
| 3909 |
|
|
relocation = (off
|
| 3910 |
|
|
+ htab->splt->output_offset
|
| 3911 |
|
|
+ htab->splt->output_section->vma
|
| 3912 |
|
|
+ 2);
|
| 3913 |
|
|
}
|
| 3914 |
|
|
plabel = 1;
|
| 3915 |
|
|
}
|
| 3916 |
|
|
/* Fall through and possibly emit a dynamic relocation. */
|
| 3917 |
|
|
|
| 3918 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
|
| 3919 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
|
| 3920 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DIR14F:
|
| 3921 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
|
| 3922 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
|
| 3923 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DPREL14F:
|
| 3924 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
|
| 3925 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
|
| 3926 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_DIR32:
|
| 3927 |
|
|
if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
|
| 3928 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3929 |
|
|
|
| 3930 |
|
|
/* The reloc types handled here and this conditional
|
| 3931 |
|
|
expression must match the code in ..check_relocs and
|
| 3932 |
|
|
allocate_dynrelocs. ie. We need exactly the same condition
|
| 3933 |
|
|
as in ..check_relocs, with some extra conditions (dynindx
|
| 3934 |
|
|
test in this case) to cater for relocs removed by
|
| 3935 |
|
|
allocate_dynrelocs. If you squint, the non-shared test
|
| 3936 |
|
|
here does indeed match the one in ..check_relocs, the
|
| 3937 |
|
|
difference being that here we test DEF_DYNAMIC as well as
|
| 3938 |
|
|
!DEF_REGULAR. All common syms end up with !DEF_REGULAR,
|
| 3939 |
|
|
which is why we can't use just that test here.
|
| 3940 |
|
|
Conversely, DEF_DYNAMIC can't be used in check_relocs as
|
| 3941 |
|
|
there all files have not been loaded. */
|
| 3942 |
|
|
if ((info->shared
|
| 3943 |
|
|
&& (hh == NULL
|
| 3944 |
|
|
|| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (hh->eh.other) == STV_DEFAULT
|
| 3945 |
|
|
|| hh->eh.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
| 3946 |
|
|
&& (IS_ABSOLUTE_RELOC (r_type)
|
| 3947 |
|
|
|| !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &hh->eh)))
|
| 3948 |
|
|
|| (!info->shared
|
| 3949 |
|
|
&& hh != NULL
|
| 3950 |
|
|
&& hh->eh.dynindx != -1
|
| 3951 |
|
|
&& !hh->eh.non_got_ref
|
| 3952 |
|
|
&& ((ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
|
| 3953 |
|
|
&& hh->eh.def_dynamic
|
| 3954 |
|
|
&& !hh->eh.def_regular)
|
| 3955 |
|
|
|| hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
|
| 3956 |
|
|
|| hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)))
|
| 3957 |
|
|
{
|
| 3958 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
| 3959 |
|
|
bfd_boolean skip;
|
| 3960 |
|
|
asection *sreloc;
|
| 3961 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
| 3962 |
|
|
|
| 3963 |
|
|
/* When generating a shared object, these relocations
|
| 3964 |
|
|
are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
|
| 3965 |
|
|
time. */
|
| 3966 |
|
|
|
| 3967 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = rela->r_addend;
|
| 3968 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset =
|
| 3969 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
|
| 3970 |
|
|
rela->r_offset);
|
| 3971 |
|
|
skip = (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1
|
| 3972 |
|
|
|| outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2);
|
| 3973 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_offset
|
| 3974 |
|
|
+ input_section->output_section->vma);
|
| 3975 |
|
|
|
| 3976 |
|
|
if (skip)
|
| 3977 |
|
|
{
|
| 3978 |
|
|
memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof (outrel));
|
| 3979 |
|
|
}
|
| 3980 |
|
|
else if (hh != NULL
|
| 3981 |
|
|
&& hh->eh.dynindx != -1
|
| 3982 |
|
|
&& (plabel
|
| 3983 |
|
|
|| !IS_ABSOLUTE_RELOC (r_type)
|
| 3984 |
|
|
|| !info->shared
|
| 3985 |
|
|
|| !info->symbolic
|
| 3986 |
|
|
|| !hh->eh.def_regular))
|
| 3987 |
|
|
{
|
| 3988 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (hh->eh.dynindx, r_type);
|
| 3989 |
|
|
}
|
| 3990 |
|
|
else /* It's a local symbol, or one marked to become local. */
|
| 3991 |
|
|
{
|
| 3992 |
|
|
int indx = 0;
|
| 3993 |
|
|
|
| 3994 |
|
|
/* Add the absolute offset of the symbol. */
|
| 3995 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend += relocation;
|
| 3996 |
|
|
|
| 3997 |
|
|
/* Global plabels need to be processed by the
|
| 3998 |
|
|
dynamic linker so that functions have at most one
|
| 3999 |
|
|
fptr. For this reason, we need to differentiate
|
| 4000 |
|
|
between global and local plabels, which we do by
|
| 4001 |
|
|
providing the function symbol for a global plabel
|
| 4002 |
|
|
reloc, and no symbol for local plabels. */
|
| 4003 |
|
|
if (! plabel
|
| 4004 |
|
|
&& sym_sec != NULL
|
| 4005 |
|
|
&& sym_sec->output_section != NULL
|
| 4006 |
|
|
&& ! bfd_is_abs_section (sym_sec))
|
| 4007 |
|
|
{
|
| 4008 |
|
|
asection *osec;
|
| 4009 |
|
|
|
| 4010 |
|
|
osec = sym_sec->output_section;
|
| 4011 |
|
|
indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
|
| 4012 |
|
|
if (indx == 0)
|
| 4013 |
|
|
{
|
| 4014 |
|
|
osec = htab->etab.text_index_section;
|
| 4015 |
|
|
indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
|
| 4016 |
|
|
}
|
| 4017 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
|
| 4018 |
|
|
|
| 4019 |
|
|
/* We are turning this relocation into one
|
| 4020 |
|
|
against a section symbol, so subtract out the
|
| 4021 |
|
|
output section's address but not the offset
|
| 4022 |
|
|
of the input section in the output section. */
|
| 4023 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend -= osec->vma;
|
| 4024 |
|
|
}
|
| 4025 |
|
|
|
| 4026 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
|
| 4027 |
|
|
}
|
| 4028 |
|
|
sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
|
| 4029 |
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
| 4030 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 4031 |
|
|
|
| 4032 |
|
|
loc = sreloc->contents;
|
| 4033 |
|
|
loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 4034 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
| 4035 |
|
|
}
|
| 4036 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4037 |
|
|
|
| 4038 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
|
| 4039 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
|
| 4040 |
|
|
{
|
| 4041 |
|
|
bfd_vma off;
|
| 4042 |
|
|
|
| 4043 |
|
|
off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
|
| 4044 |
|
|
if (off & 1)
|
| 4045 |
|
|
off &= ~1;
|
| 4046 |
|
|
else
|
| 4047 |
|
|
{
|
| 4048 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
| 4049 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
| 4050 |
|
|
|
| 4051 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset = (off
|
| 4052 |
|
|
+ htab->sgot->output_section->vma
|
| 4053 |
|
|
+ htab->sgot->output_offset);
|
| 4054 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = 0;
|
| 4055 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PARISC_TLS_DTPMOD32);
|
| 4056 |
|
|
loc = htab->srelgot->contents;
|
| 4057 |
|
|
loc += htab->srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 4058 |
|
|
|
| 4059 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
| 4060 |
|
|
htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
|
| 4061 |
|
|
}
|
| 4062 |
|
|
|
| 4063 |
|
|
/* Add the base of the GOT to the relocation value. */
|
| 4064 |
|
|
relocation = (off
|
| 4065 |
|
|
+ htab->sgot->output_offset
|
| 4066 |
|
|
+ htab->sgot->output_section->vma);
|
| 4067 |
|
|
|
| 4068 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4069 |
|
|
}
|
| 4070 |
|
|
|
| 4071 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L:
|
| 4072 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_LDO14R:
|
| 4073 |
|
|
relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
|
| 4074 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4075 |
|
|
|
| 4076 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
|
| 4077 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
|
| 4078 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
|
| 4079 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
|
| 4080 |
|
|
{
|
| 4081 |
|
|
bfd_vma off;
|
| 4082 |
|
|
int indx;
|
| 4083 |
|
|
char tls_type;
|
| 4084 |
|
|
|
| 4085 |
|
|
indx = 0;
|
| 4086 |
|
|
if (hh != NULL)
|
| 4087 |
|
|
{
|
| 4088 |
|
|
bfd_boolean dyn;
|
| 4089 |
|
|
dyn = htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created;
|
| 4090 |
|
|
|
| 4091 |
|
|
if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, &hh->eh)
|
| 4092 |
|
|
&& (!info->shared
|
| 4093 |
|
|
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &hh->eh)))
|
| 4094 |
|
|
{
|
| 4095 |
|
|
indx = hh->eh.dynindx;
|
| 4096 |
|
|
}
|
| 4097 |
|
|
off = hh->eh.got.offset;
|
| 4098 |
|
|
tls_type = hh->tls_type;
|
| 4099 |
|
|
}
|
| 4100 |
|
|
else
|
| 4101 |
|
|
{
|
| 4102 |
|
|
off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
|
| 4103 |
|
|
tls_type = hppa_elf_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd)[r_symndx];
|
| 4104 |
|
|
}
|
| 4105 |
|
|
|
| 4106 |
|
|
if (tls_type == GOT_UNKNOWN)
|
| 4107 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 4108 |
|
|
|
| 4109 |
|
|
if ((off & 1) != 0)
|
| 4110 |
|
|
off &= ~1;
|
| 4111 |
|
|
else
|
| 4112 |
|
|
{
|
| 4113 |
|
|
bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
|
| 4114 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
| 4115 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc = NULL;
|
| 4116 |
|
|
int cur_off = off;
|
| 4117 |
|
|
|
| 4118 |
|
|
/* The GOT entries have not been initialized yet. Do it
|
| 4119 |
|
|
now, and emit any relocations. If both an IE GOT and a
|
| 4120 |
|
|
GD GOT are necessary, we emit the GD first. */
|
| 4121 |
|
|
|
| 4122 |
|
|
if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
|
| 4123 |
|
|
&& (hh == NULL
|
| 4124 |
|
|
|| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (hh->eh.other) == STV_DEFAULT
|
| 4125 |
|
|
|| hh->eh.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
|
| 4126 |
|
|
{
|
| 4127 |
|
|
need_relocs = TRUE;
|
| 4128 |
|
|
loc = htab->srelgot->contents;
|
| 4129 |
|
|
/* FIXME (CAO): Should this be reloc_count++ ? */
|
| 4130 |
|
|
loc += htab->srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 4131 |
|
|
}
|
| 4132 |
|
|
|
| 4133 |
|
|
if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
|
| 4134 |
|
|
{
|
| 4135 |
|
|
if (need_relocs)
|
| 4136 |
|
|
{
|
| 4137 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset = (cur_off
|
| 4138 |
|
|
+ htab->sgot->output_section->vma
|
| 4139 |
|
|
+ htab->sgot->output_offset);
|
| 4140 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,R_PARISC_TLS_DTPMOD32);
|
| 4141 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = 0;
|
| 4142 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, htab->sgot->contents + cur_off);
|
| 4143 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
| 4144 |
|
|
htab->srelgot->reloc_count++;
|
| 4145 |
|
|
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 4146 |
|
|
|
| 4147 |
|
|
if (indx == 0)
|
| 4148 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
|
| 4149 |
|
|
htab->sgot->contents + cur_off + 4);
|
| 4150 |
|
|
else
|
| 4151 |
|
|
{
|
| 4152 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
|
| 4153 |
|
|
htab->sgot->contents + cur_off + 4);
|
| 4154 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PARISC_TLS_DTPOFF32);
|
| 4155 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset += 4;
|
| 4156 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,loc);
|
| 4157 |
|
|
htab->srelgot->reloc_count++;
|
| 4158 |
|
|
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 4159 |
|
|
}
|
| 4160 |
|
|
}
|
| 4161 |
|
|
else
|
| 4162 |
|
|
{
|
| 4163 |
|
|
/* If we are not emitting relocations for a
|
| 4164 |
|
|
general dynamic reference, then we must be in a
|
| 4165 |
|
|
static link or an executable link with the
|
| 4166 |
|
|
symbol binding locally. Mark it as belonging
|
| 4167 |
|
|
to module 1, the executable. */
|
| 4168 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 1,
|
| 4169 |
|
|
htab->sgot->contents + cur_off);
|
| 4170 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
|
| 4171 |
|
|
htab->sgot->contents + cur_off + 4);
|
| 4172 |
|
|
}
|
| 4173 |
|
|
|
| 4174 |
|
|
|
| 4175 |
|
|
cur_off += 8;
|
| 4176 |
|
|
}
|
| 4177 |
|
|
|
| 4178 |
|
|
if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
|
| 4179 |
|
|
{
|
| 4180 |
|
|
if (need_relocs)
|
| 4181 |
|
|
{
|
| 4182 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset = (cur_off
|
| 4183 |
|
|
+ htab->sgot->output_section->vma
|
| 4184 |
|
|
+ htab->sgot->output_offset);
|
| 4185 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PARISC_TLS_TPREL32);
|
| 4186 |
|
|
|
| 4187 |
|
|
if (indx == 0)
|
| 4188 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
|
| 4189 |
|
|
else
|
| 4190 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = 0;
|
| 4191 |
|
|
|
| 4192 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
| 4193 |
|
|
htab->srelgot->reloc_count++;
|
| 4194 |
|
|
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 4195 |
|
|
}
|
| 4196 |
|
|
else
|
| 4197 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
|
| 4198 |
|
|
htab->sgot->contents + cur_off);
|
| 4199 |
|
|
|
| 4200 |
|
|
cur_off += 4;
|
| 4201 |
|
|
}
|
| 4202 |
|
|
|
| 4203 |
|
|
if (hh != NULL)
|
| 4204 |
|
|
hh->eh.got.offset |= 1;
|
| 4205 |
|
|
else
|
| 4206 |
|
|
local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
|
| 4207 |
|
|
}
|
| 4208 |
|
|
|
| 4209 |
|
|
if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
|
| 4210 |
|
|
&& r_type != R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L
|
| 4211 |
|
|
&& r_type != R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R)
|
| 4212 |
|
|
off += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
|
| 4213 |
|
|
|
| 4214 |
|
|
/* Add the base of the GOT to the relocation value. */
|
| 4215 |
|
|
relocation = (off
|
| 4216 |
|
|
+ htab->sgot->output_offset
|
| 4217 |
|
|
+ htab->sgot->output_section->vma);
|
| 4218 |
|
|
|
| 4219 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4220 |
|
|
}
|
| 4221 |
|
|
|
| 4222 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L:
|
| 4223 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R:
|
| 4224 |
|
|
{
|
| 4225 |
|
|
relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
|
| 4226 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4227 |
|
|
}
|
| 4228 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4229 |
|
|
|
| 4230 |
|
|
default:
|
| 4231 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4232 |
|
|
}
|
| 4233 |
|
|
|
| 4234 |
|
|
rstatus = final_link_relocate (input_section, contents, rela, relocation,
|
| 4235 |
|
|
htab, sym_sec, hh, info);
|
| 4236 |
|
|
|
| 4237 |
|
|
if (rstatus == bfd_reloc_ok)
|
| 4238 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 4239 |
|
|
|
| 4240 |
|
|
if (hh != NULL)
|
| 4241 |
|
|
sym_name = hh_name (hh);
|
| 4242 |
|
|
else
|
| 4243 |
|
|
{
|
| 4244 |
|
|
sym_name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
|
| 4245 |
|
|
symtab_hdr->sh_link,
|
| 4246 |
|
|
sym->st_name);
|
| 4247 |
|
|
if (sym_name == NULL)
|
| 4248 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 4249 |
|
|
if (*sym_name == '\0')
|
| 4250 |
|
|
sym_name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sym_sec);
|
| 4251 |
|
|
}
|
| 4252 |
|
|
|
| 4253 |
|
|
howto = elf_hppa_howto_table + r_type;
|
| 4254 |
|
|
|
| 4255 |
|
|
if (rstatus == bfd_reloc_undefined || rstatus == bfd_reloc_notsupported)
|
| 4256 |
|
|
{
|
| 4257 |
|
|
if (rstatus == bfd_reloc_notsupported || !warned_undef)
|
| 4258 |
|
|
{
|
| 4259 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| 4260 |
|
|
(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot handle %s for %s"),
|
| 4261 |
|
|
input_bfd,
|
| 4262 |
|
|
input_section,
|
| 4263 |
|
|
(long) rela->r_offset,
|
| 4264 |
|
|
howto->name,
|
| 4265 |
|
|
sym_name);
|
| 4266 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
| 4267 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 4268 |
|
|
}
|
| 4269 |
|
|
}
|
| 4270 |
|
|
else
|
| 4271 |
|
|
{
|
| 4272 |
|
|
if (!((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
|
| 4273 |
|
|
(info, (hh ? &hh->eh.root : NULL), sym_name, howto->name,
|
| 4274 |
|
|
(bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rela->r_offset)))
|
| 4275 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 4276 |
|
|
}
|
| 4277 |
|
|
}
|
| 4278 |
|
|
|
| 4279 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 4280 |
|
|
}
|
| 4281 |
|
|
|
| 4282 |
|
|
/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
|
| 4283 |
|
|
dynamic sections here. */
|
| 4284 |
|
|
|
| 4285 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 4286 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
|
| 4287 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 4288 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh,
|
| 4289 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
|
| 4290 |
|
|
{
|
| 4291 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 4292 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
|
| 4293 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
| 4294 |
|
|
|
| 4295 |
|
|
htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
|
| 4296 |
|
|
|
| 4297 |
|
|
if (eh->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
|
| 4298 |
|
|
{
|
| 4299 |
|
|
bfd_vma value;
|
| 4300 |
|
|
|
| 4301 |
|
|
if (eh->plt.offset & 1)
|
| 4302 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 4303 |
|
|
|
| 4304 |
|
|
/* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set
|
| 4305 |
|
|
it up.
|
| 4306 |
|
|
|
| 4307 |
|
|
The format of a plt entry is
|
| 4308 |
|
|
<funcaddr>
|
| 4309 |
|
|
<__gp>
|
| 4310 |
|
|
*/
|
| 4311 |
|
|
value = 0;
|
| 4312 |
|
|
if (eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
| 4313 |
|
|
|| eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
|
| 4314 |
|
|
{
|
| 4315 |
|
|
value = eh->root.u.def.value;
|
| 4316 |
|
|
if (eh->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
|
| 4317 |
|
|
value += (eh->root.u.def.section->output_offset
|
| 4318 |
|
|
+ eh->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
|
| 4319 |
|
|
}
|
| 4320 |
|
|
|
| 4321 |
|
|
/* Create a dynamic IPLT relocation for this entry. */
|
| 4322 |
|
|
rela.r_offset = (eh->plt.offset
|
| 4323 |
|
|
+ htab->splt->output_offset
|
| 4324 |
|
|
+ htab->splt->output_section->vma);
|
| 4325 |
|
|
if (eh->dynindx != -1)
|
| 4326 |
|
|
{
|
| 4327 |
|
|
rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (eh->dynindx, R_PARISC_IPLT);
|
| 4328 |
|
|
rela.r_addend = 0;
|
| 4329 |
|
|
}
|
| 4330 |
|
|
else
|
| 4331 |
|
|
{
|
| 4332 |
|
|
/* This symbol has been marked to become local, and is
|
| 4333 |
|
|
used by a plabel so must be kept in the .plt. */
|
| 4334 |
|
|
rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PARISC_IPLT);
|
| 4335 |
|
|
rela.r_addend = value;
|
| 4336 |
|
|
}
|
| 4337 |
|
|
|
| 4338 |
|
|
loc = htab->srelplt->contents;
|
| 4339 |
|
|
loc += htab->srelplt->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 4340 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (htab->splt->output_section->owner, &rela, loc);
|
| 4341 |
|
|
|
| 4342 |
|
|
if (!eh->def_regular)
|
| 4343 |
|
|
{
|
| 4344 |
|
|
/* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
|
| 4345 |
|
|
the .plt section. Leave the value alone. */
|
| 4346 |
|
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
|
| 4347 |
|
|
}
|
| 4348 |
|
|
}
|
| 4349 |
|
|
|
| 4350 |
|
|
if (eh->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
|
| 4351 |
|
|
&& (hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) == 0
|
| 4352 |
|
|
&& (hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) == 0)
|
| 4353 |
|
|
{
|
| 4354 |
|
|
/* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it
|
| 4355 |
|
|
up. */
|
| 4356 |
|
|
|
| 4357 |
|
|
rela.r_offset = ((eh->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1)
|
| 4358 |
|
|
+ htab->sgot->output_offset
|
| 4359 |
|
|
+ htab->sgot->output_section->vma);
|
| 4360 |
|
|
|
| 4361 |
|
|
/* If this is a -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
|
| 4362 |
|
|
locally or was forced to be local because of a version file,
|
| 4363 |
|
|
we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc. The entry in the
|
| 4364 |
|
|
global offset table will already have been initialized in the
|
| 4365 |
|
|
relocate_section function. */
|
| 4366 |
|
|
if (info->shared
|
| 4367 |
|
|
&& (info->symbolic || eh->dynindx == -1)
|
| 4368 |
|
|
&& eh->def_regular)
|
| 4369 |
|
|
{
|
| 4370 |
|
|
rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PARISC_DIR32);
|
| 4371 |
|
|
rela.r_addend = (eh->root.u.def.value
|
| 4372 |
|
|
+ eh->root.u.def.section->output_offset
|
| 4373 |
|
|
+ eh->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
|
| 4374 |
|
|
}
|
| 4375 |
|
|
else
|
| 4376 |
|
|
{
|
| 4377 |
|
|
if ((eh->got.offset & 1) != 0)
|
| 4378 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 4379 |
|
|
|
| 4380 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, htab->sgot->contents + (eh->got.offset & ~1));
|
| 4381 |
|
|
rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (eh->dynindx, R_PARISC_DIR32);
|
| 4382 |
|
|
rela.r_addend = 0;
|
| 4383 |
|
|
}
|
| 4384 |
|
|
|
| 4385 |
|
|
loc = htab->srelgot->contents;
|
| 4386 |
|
|
loc += htab->srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 4387 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
|
| 4388 |
|
|
}
|
| 4389 |
|
|
|
| 4390 |
|
|
if (eh->needs_copy)
|
| 4391 |
|
|
{
|
| 4392 |
|
|
asection *sec;
|
| 4393 |
|
|
|
| 4394 |
|
|
/* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
|
| 4395 |
|
|
|
| 4396 |
|
|
if (! (eh->dynindx != -1
|
| 4397 |
|
|
&& (eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
| 4398 |
|
|
|| eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)))
|
| 4399 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 4400 |
|
|
|
| 4401 |
|
|
sec = htab->srelbss;
|
| 4402 |
|
|
|
| 4403 |
|
|
rela.r_offset = (eh->root.u.def.value
|
| 4404 |
|
|
+ eh->root.u.def.section->output_offset
|
| 4405 |
|
|
+ eh->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
|
| 4406 |
|
|
rela.r_addend = 0;
|
| 4407 |
|
|
rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (eh->dynindx, R_PARISC_COPY);
|
| 4408 |
|
|
loc = sec->contents + sec->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 4409 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
|
| 4410 |
|
|
}
|
| 4411 |
|
|
|
| 4412 |
|
|
/* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
|
| 4413 |
|
|
if (eh_name (eh)[0] == '_'
|
| 4414 |
|
|
&& (strcmp (eh_name (eh), "_DYNAMIC") == 0
|
| 4415 |
|
|
|| eh == htab->etab.hgot))
|
| 4416 |
|
|
{
|
| 4417 |
|
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
|
| 4418 |
|
|
}
|
| 4419 |
|
|
|
| 4420 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 4421 |
|
|
}
|
| 4422 |
|
|
|
| 4423 |
|
|
/* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the
|
| 4424 |
|
|
dynamic linker, before writing them out. */
|
| 4425 |
|
|
|
| 4426 |
|
|
static enum elf_reloc_type_class
|
| 4427 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
|
| 4428 |
|
|
{
|
| 4429 |
|
|
/* Handle TLS relocs first; we don't want them to be marked
|
| 4430 |
|
|
relative by the "if (ELF32_R_SYM (rela->r_info) == 0)"
|
| 4431 |
|
|
check below. */
|
| 4432 |
|
|
switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
|
| 4433 |
|
|
{
|
| 4434 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_DTPMOD32:
|
| 4435 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_DTPOFF32:
|
| 4436 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_TPREL32:
|
| 4437 |
|
|
return reloc_class_normal;
|
| 4438 |
|
|
}
|
| 4439 |
|
|
|
| 4440 |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_SYM (rela->r_info) == 0)
|
| 4441 |
|
|
return reloc_class_relative;
|
| 4442 |
|
|
|
| 4443 |
|
|
switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
|
| 4444 |
|
|
{
|
| 4445 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_IPLT:
|
| 4446 |
|
|
return reloc_class_plt;
|
| 4447 |
|
|
case R_PARISC_COPY:
|
| 4448 |
|
|
return reloc_class_copy;
|
| 4449 |
|
|
default:
|
| 4450 |
|
|
return reloc_class_normal;
|
| 4451 |
|
|
}
|
| 4452 |
|
|
}
|
| 4453 |
|
|
|
| 4454 |
|
|
/* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
|
| 4455 |
|
|
|
| 4456 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 4457 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
|
| 4458 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 4459 |
|
|
{
|
| 4460 |
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
| 4461 |
|
|
struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 4462 |
|
|
asection *sdyn;
|
| 4463 |
|
|
|
| 4464 |
|
|
htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
|
| 4465 |
|
|
dynobj = htab->etab.dynobj;
|
| 4466 |
|
|
|
| 4467 |
|
|
sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
|
| 4468 |
|
|
|
| 4469 |
|
|
if (htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created)
|
| 4470 |
|
|
{
|
| 4471 |
|
|
Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
|
| 4472 |
|
|
|
| 4473 |
|
|
if (sdyn == NULL)
|
| 4474 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 4475 |
|
|
|
| 4476 |
|
|
dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
|
| 4477 |
|
|
dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
|
| 4478 |
|
|
for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
|
| 4479 |
|
|
{
|
| 4480 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
|
| 4481 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
| 4482 |
|
|
|
| 4483 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
|
| 4484 |
|
|
|
| 4485 |
|
|
switch (dyn.d_tag)
|
| 4486 |
|
|
{
|
| 4487 |
|
|
default:
|
| 4488 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 4489 |
|
|
|
| 4490 |
|
|
case DT_PLTGOT:
|
| 4491 |
|
|
/* Use PLTGOT to set the GOT register. */
|
| 4492 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = elf_gp (output_bfd);
|
| 4493 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4494 |
|
|
|
| 4495 |
|
|
case DT_JMPREL:
|
| 4496 |
|
|
s = htab->srelplt;
|
| 4497 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
|
| 4498 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4499 |
|
|
|
| 4500 |
|
|
case DT_PLTRELSZ:
|
| 4501 |
|
|
s = htab->srelplt;
|
| 4502 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
|
| 4503 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4504 |
|
|
|
| 4505 |
|
|
case DT_RELASZ:
|
| 4506 |
|
|
/* Don't count procedure linkage table relocs in the
|
| 4507 |
|
|
overall reloc count. */
|
| 4508 |
|
|
s = htab->srelplt;
|
| 4509 |
|
|
if (s == NULL)
|
| 4510 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 4511 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
|
| 4512 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4513 |
|
|
|
| 4514 |
|
|
case DT_RELA:
|
| 4515 |
|
|
/* We may not be using the standard ELF linker script.
|
| 4516 |
|
|
If .rela.plt is the first .rela section, we adjust
|
| 4517 |
|
|
DT_RELA to not include it. */
|
| 4518 |
|
|
s = htab->srelplt;
|
| 4519 |
|
|
if (s == NULL)
|
| 4520 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 4521 |
|
|
if (dyn.d_un.d_ptr != s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset)
|
| 4522 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 4523 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_ptr += s->size;
|
| 4524 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4525 |
|
|
}
|
| 4526 |
|
|
|
| 4527 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
|
| 4528 |
|
|
}
|
| 4529 |
|
|
}
|
| 4530 |
|
|
|
| 4531 |
|
|
if (htab->sgot != NULL && htab->sgot->size != 0)
|
| 4532 |
|
|
{
|
| 4533 |
|
|
/* Fill in the first entry in the global offset table.
|
| 4534 |
|
|
We use it to point to our dynamic section, if we have one. */
|
| 4535 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
| 4536 |
|
|
sdyn ? sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset : 0,
|
| 4537 |
|
|
htab->sgot->contents);
|
| 4538 |
|
|
|
| 4539 |
|
|
/* The second entry is reserved for use by the dynamic linker. */
|
| 4540 |
|
|
memset (htab->sgot->contents + GOT_ENTRY_SIZE, 0, GOT_ENTRY_SIZE);
|
| 4541 |
|
|
|
| 4542 |
|
|
/* Set .got entry size. */
|
| 4543 |
|
|
elf_section_data (htab->sgot->output_section)
|
| 4544 |
|
|
->this_hdr.sh_entsize = GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
|
| 4545 |
|
|
}
|
| 4546 |
|
|
|
| 4547 |
|
|
if (htab->splt != NULL && htab->splt->size != 0)
|
| 4548 |
|
|
{
|
| 4549 |
|
|
/* Set plt entry size. */
|
| 4550 |
|
|
elf_section_data (htab->splt->output_section)
|
| 4551 |
|
|
->this_hdr.sh_entsize = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
|
| 4552 |
|
|
|
| 4553 |
|
|
if (htab->need_plt_stub)
|
| 4554 |
|
|
{
|
| 4555 |
|
|
/* Set up the .plt stub. */
|
| 4556 |
|
|
memcpy (htab->splt->contents
|
| 4557 |
|
|
+ htab->splt->size - sizeof (plt_stub),
|
| 4558 |
|
|
plt_stub, sizeof (plt_stub));
|
| 4559 |
|
|
|
| 4560 |
|
|
if ((htab->splt->output_offset
|
| 4561 |
|
|
+ htab->splt->output_section->vma
|
| 4562 |
|
|
+ htab->splt->size)
|
| 4563 |
|
|
!= (htab->sgot->output_offset
|
| 4564 |
|
|
+ htab->sgot->output_section->vma))
|
| 4565 |
|
|
{
|
| 4566 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| 4567 |
|
|
(_(".got section not immediately after .plt section"));
|
| 4568 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 4569 |
|
|
}
|
| 4570 |
|
|
}
|
| 4571 |
|
|
}
|
| 4572 |
|
|
|
| 4573 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 4574 |
|
|
}
|
| 4575 |
|
|
|
| 4576 |
|
|
/* Called when writing out an object file to decide the type of a
|
| 4577 |
|
|
symbol. */
|
| 4578 |
|
|
static int
|
| 4579 |
|
|
elf32_hppa_elf_get_symbol_type (Elf_Internal_Sym *elf_sym, int type)
|
| 4580 |
|
|
{
|
| 4581 |
|
|
if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elf_sym->st_info) == STT_PARISC_MILLI)
|
| 4582 |
|
|
return STT_PARISC_MILLI;
|
| 4583 |
|
|
else
|
| 4584 |
|
|
return type;
|
| 4585 |
|
|
}
|
| 4586 |
|
|
|
| 4587 |
|
|
/* Misc BFD support code. */
|
| 4588 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_is_local_label_name elf_hppa_is_local_label_name
|
| 4589 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup elf_hppa_reloc_type_lookup
|
| 4590 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup elf_hppa_reloc_name_lookup
|
| 4591 |
|
|
#define elf_info_to_howto elf_hppa_info_to_howto
|
| 4592 |
|
|
#define elf_info_to_howto_rel elf_hppa_info_to_howto_rel
|
| 4593 |
|
|
|
| 4594 |
|
|
/* Stuff for the BFD linker. */
|
| 4595 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_mkobject elf32_hppa_mkobject
|
| 4596 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_final_link elf32_hppa_final_link
|
| 4597 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create elf32_hppa_link_hash_table_create
|
| 4598 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_free elf32_hppa_link_hash_table_free
|
| 4599 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol elf32_hppa_adjust_dynamic_symbol
|
| 4600 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol elf32_hppa_copy_indirect_symbol
|
| 4601 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_check_relocs elf32_hppa_check_relocs
|
| 4602 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections elf32_hppa_create_dynamic_sections
|
| 4603 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_fake_sections elf_hppa_fake_sections
|
| 4604 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_relocate_section elf32_hppa_relocate_section
|
| 4605 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_hide_symbol elf32_hppa_hide_symbol
|
| 4606 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol elf32_hppa_finish_dynamic_symbol
|
| 4607 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections elf32_hppa_finish_dynamic_sections
|
| 4608 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections elf32_hppa_size_dynamic_sections
|
| 4609 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
|
| 4610 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook elf32_hppa_gc_mark_hook
|
| 4611 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook elf32_hppa_gc_sweep_hook
|
| 4612 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf32_hppa_grok_prstatus
|
| 4613 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf32_hppa_grok_psinfo
|
| 4614 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_object_p elf32_hppa_object_p
|
| 4615 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_final_write_processing elf_hppa_final_write_processing
|
| 4616 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_post_process_headers _bfd_elf_set_osabi
|
| 4617 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_get_symbol_type elf32_hppa_elf_get_symbol_type
|
| 4618 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_reloc_type_class elf32_hppa_reloc_type_class
|
| 4619 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_action_discarded elf_hppa_action_discarded
|
| 4620 |
|
|
|
| 4621 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
|
| 4622 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
|
| 4623 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_plt_alignment 2
|
| 4624 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_want_got_plt 0
|
| 4625 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_plt_readonly 0
|
| 4626 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
|
| 4627 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_got_header_size 8
|
| 4628 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
|
| 4629 |
|
|
|
| 4630 |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_hppa_vec
|
| 4631 |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-hppa"
|
| 4632 |
|
|
#define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_hppa
|
| 4633 |
|
|
#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PARISC
|
| 4634 |
|
|
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
|
| 4635 |
|
|
#define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_HPUX
|
| 4636 |
|
|
#define elf32_bed elf32_hppa_hpux_bed
|
| 4637 |
|
|
|
| 4638 |
|
|
#include "elf32-target.h"
|
| 4639 |
|
|
|
| 4640 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
|
| 4641 |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_hppa_linux_vec
|
| 4642 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
|
| 4643 |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-hppa-linux"
|
| 4644 |
|
|
#undef ELF_OSABI
|
| 4645 |
|
|
#define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_LINUX
|
| 4646 |
|
|
#undef elf32_bed
|
| 4647 |
|
|
#define elf32_bed elf32_hppa_linux_bed
|
| 4648 |
|
|
|
| 4649 |
|
|
#include "elf32-target.h"
|
| 4650 |
|
|
|
| 4651 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
|
| 4652 |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_hppa_nbsd_vec
|
| 4653 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
|
| 4654 |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-hppa-netbsd"
|
| 4655 |
|
|
#undef ELF_OSABI
|
| 4656 |
|
|
#define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_NETBSD
|
| 4657 |
|
|
#undef elf32_bed
|
| 4658 |
|
|
#define elf32_bed elf32_hppa_netbsd_bed
|
| 4659 |
|
|
|
| 4660 |
|
|
#include "elf32-target.h"
|